Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

WO2019096273A1 - Method and device for transmitting and receiving information - Google Patents

Method and device for transmitting and receiving information Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019096273A1
WO2019096273A1 PCT/CN2018/116025 CN2018116025W WO2019096273A1 WO 2019096273 A1 WO2019096273 A1 WO 2019096273A1 CN 2018116025 W CN2018116025 W CN 2018116025W WO 2019096273 A1 WO2019096273 A1 WO 2019096273A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
carrier
uplink
uplink carrier
downlink
terminal device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2018/116025
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
郭志恒
谢信乾
沈祖康
龙毅
赵旸
万蕾
马瑞泽大卫•简-玛丽
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201810032219.8A external-priority patent/CN109802817B/en
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP18878182.7A priority Critical patent/EP3713135A4/en
Priority to BR112020009772-1A priority patent/BR112020009772A2/en
Priority to JP2020526877A priority patent/JP7130746B2/en
Publication of WO2019096273A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019096273A1/en
Priority to US16/874,879 priority patent/US11546870B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of wireless communications technologies, and in particular, to a method and an apparatus for transmitting and receiving information.
  • communication can be classified into different types depending on the type of the transmitting node and the receiving node.
  • transmitting information to a terminal device by a network device is referred to as downlink communication
  • transmitting information to the network device by the terminal device is referred to as uplink communication.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE-A long term evolution advanced
  • the frequency division duplex (FDD) mode can be mainly divided according to the duplex mode.
  • TDD time division duplex
  • the downlink carrier and the uplink carrier are carriers of the same carrier frequency.
  • the uplink and downlink decoupling technology can be applied, that is, in addition to the TDD carrier for uplink and downlink communication,
  • the uplink communication is performed by using an additional uplink carrier, which is generally referred to as a supplementary uplink (SUL) carrier. That is, the NR terminal device can have two uplink carriers simultaneously for uplink communication.
  • SUL supplementary uplink
  • the terminal device is configured with at least three uplink carriers, including LTE. Uplink carrier, NR TDD carrier and NR SUL.
  • the timing of the uplink signal transmission by the terminal device on the three uplink carriers needs to be equal to ensure the uplink spectrum efficiency of the terminal device to be maximized, otherwise the uplink resources will be wasted.
  • the terminal device cannot send the uplink signal in some time periods, thereby causing waste of uplink resources.
  • the present application provides a method and an apparatus for transmitting and receiving information, so as to avoid a situation in which uplink resources are wasted due to unequal transmission timings of terminal devices on multiple uplink carriers.
  • the application provides a method for sending information, including:
  • the terminal device receives the indication information from the network device, where the indication information indicates a timing adjustment parameter, where the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the second uplink carrier, where The first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the first radio access technology, the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the second radio access technology, and the terminal device determines the timing adjustment parameter according to the indication information.
  • a timing adjustment parameter sent by the terminal device by using the network device is used to determine the transmission timing on the multiple uplink carriers, so as to ensure that the terminal device maintains the same transmission timing on multiple uplink carriers, and can effectively utilize uplink resources to avoid resource waste.
  • the second uplink carrier includes at least two second uplink carriers, and the at least two second uplink carriers belong to the same cell; the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine Transmission timing on an uplink carrier and on the at least two second uplink carriers.
  • the terminal device determines the transmission timing of the multiple uplink carriers corresponding to the same cell in the same radio access technology by receiving an indication information sent by the network device, and can effectively utilize the uplink resource.
  • the at least two second uplink carriers comprise at least one TDD carrier and at least one SUL carrier.
  • the first uplink carrier is a carrier of a primary cell
  • the second uplink carrier is a carrier of a secondary cell
  • the terminal device receives the indication information from the network device, including: The terminal device receives the indication information from the network device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to the same cell, or the first downlink carrier and the The first uplink carrier belongs to the same radio access technology.
  • the terminal device receives the indication information sent by the network device by using the downlink carrier of the primary cell, and can obtain the transmission timing of the multiple uplink carriers that belong to the same radio access technology by using one indication information.
  • the first radio access technology is LTE
  • the second radio access technology is NR.
  • the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the primary cell
  • the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the secondary cell
  • the method further includes: the terminal device is on the first downlink carrier Receiving, by the network device, a downlink reference signal, where the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to the same cell, and the terminal device determines, according to the downlink reference signal, the second uplink carrier.
  • the power of the uplink signal is sent to the network device.
  • the terminal device receives the downlink reference signal sent by the network device by using the downlink carrier of the primary cell, and determines, by using the downlink reference signal of the primary cell, the power of sending the uplink signal to the network device on the uplink carrier of the secondary cell, so as to avoid the terminal device according to the secondary cell.
  • the downlink reference signal cannot determine the power of transmitting the uplink signal to the network device on the uplink carrier of the secondary cell.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receiving a downlink reference signal from the network device on a first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier is a first radio access technology
  • the downlink carrier, the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to the same cell
  • the terminal device determines, according to the downlink reference signal, to send an uplink signal to the network device on the second uplink carrier. Power.
  • the terminal device receives the downlink reference signal sent by the network device by using the downlink carrier of the first radio access technology, and determines that the downlink reference signal of the first radio access technology is used to send the uplink carrier on the second radio access technology to the network device.
  • the power of the uplink signal prevents the terminal device from determining, according to the downlink reference signal of the second radio access technology, the power of transmitting the uplink signal to the network device on the uplink carrier of the second radio access technology.
  • the method includes: the terminal device receiving a downlink reference signal from the network device on a first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier is the first wireless access a downlink carrier of the technology, the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to different cells, and the terminal device determines, according to the downlink reference signal, sending an uplink to the network device on the second uplink carrier. The power of the signal.
  • the application provides a method for sending information, including:
  • the network device determines indication information, where the indication information indicates a timing adjustment parameter, where the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the second uplink carrier, the first uplink carrier An uplink carrier of the first radio access technology, where the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the second radio access technology;
  • the network device sends the indication information to the terminal device.
  • the second uplink carrier includes at least two second uplink carriers, and the at least two second uplink carriers belong to the same cell;
  • the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the at least two second uplink carriers.
  • the at least two second uplink carriers comprise at least one TDD carrier and at least one SUL carrier.
  • the first uplink carrier is a carrier of a primary cell
  • the second uplink carrier is a carrier of a secondary cell
  • the network device sends the indication information to the terminal device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to the same cell, or the first downlink carrier And the first uplink carrier belongs to the same radio access technology.
  • the first radio access technology is LTE
  • the second radio access technology is NR.
  • the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the primary cell
  • the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the secondary cell
  • the method further includes:
  • the network device sends a downlink reference signal to the terminal device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to the same cell.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network device sends a downlink reference signal to the terminal device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of the first radio access technology, and the first downlink carrier and the downlink carrier
  • the first uplink carrier belongs to the same cell.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network device sends a downlink reference signal to the network device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of the first radio access technology, and the first downlink carrier And the first uplink carrier belongs to a different cell.
  • the application provides a method for sending information, including:
  • the network device sends a downlink reference signal to the terminal device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to different cells.
  • the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of a primary cell
  • the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of a secondary cell.
  • the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of the first radio access technology
  • the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the second radio access technology
  • the first radio access technology is LTE
  • the second radio access technology is NR.
  • the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier and the second downlink carrier belong to the same cell.
  • the network device sends the indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information indicates that the terminal device determines to send to the network device on the first uplink carrier according to the downlink reference signal.
  • the power of the uplink signal, or the indication information indicates that the terminal device does not use the downlink reference signal to determine the power of transmitting the uplink signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier.
  • the network device sends second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the downlink reference signal.
  • the second indication information includes at least one of resource information, sequence information, and power information corresponding to the downlink reference signal.
  • the application provides a method for receiving information, including:
  • the terminal device receives the downlink reference signal from the network device on the first downlink carrier, where the downlink reference signal is used by the terminal device to determine the power of sending the uplink signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier;
  • the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to different cells
  • the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of a primary cell
  • the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of a secondary cell.
  • the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of the first radio access technology
  • the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the second radio access technology
  • the first radio access technology is LTE
  • the second radio access technology is NR.
  • the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier and the second downlink carrier belong to the same cell.
  • the terminal device receives the first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information indicates that the terminal device determines, according to the downlink reference signal, that the first uplink carrier is located The power of the uplink signal is sent by the network device, or the first indication information indicates that the terminal device does not use the downlink reference signal to determine the power of sending the uplink signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier.
  • the terminal device receives second indication information from the network device, where the second indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the downlink reference signal.
  • the second indication information includes at least one of resource information, sequence information, or power information corresponding to the downlink reference signal.
  • the application provides a method for receiving information, including:
  • the terminal device receives the indication information sent by the network device, where the indication information includes a timing adjustment parameter, where the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the second uplink carrier;
  • the terminal device determines the timing adjustment parameter according to the indication information.
  • the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier are uplink carriers in the same cell.
  • the first uplink carrier is a TDD carrier
  • the second uplink carrier is a SUL carrier
  • the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the TDD carrier and the SUL carrier.
  • the terminal device sends a first access timing of the random access signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier, and the terminal device sends the random access signal to the network on the second uplink carrier.
  • the second timing of the device transmitting the random access signal is equal.
  • the first timing of the terminal device transmitting a random access signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier is opposite to receiving a downlink signal from the network device on a first downlink carrier.
  • a first timing offset value of the third timing, and a second timing of the random access signal sent by the terminal device to the network device on the second uplink carrier with respect to the first downlink carrier The second timing offset value of the third timing of receiving the downlink signal from the network device is equal, where the first downlink carrier is a TDD carrier with the first uplink carrier, and the first downlink A row carrier is associated with the first uplink carrier.
  • the terminal device sends a first access timing of the random access signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier, and the terminal device sends the random access signal to the network on the second uplink carrier.
  • the second timing at which the device sends the random access signal is not equal.
  • the first timing of the terminal device transmitting a random access signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier is opposite to receiving a downlink signal from the network device on a first downlink carrier.
  • a first timing offset value of the third timing, and a second timing of the random access signal sent by the terminal device to the network device on the second uplink carrier with respect to the first downlink carrier The second timing offset value of the third timing of receiving the downlink signal from the network device is not equal, where the first downlink carrier is a TDD carrier with the first uplink carrier, and the first A downlink carrier is associated with the first uplink carrier.
  • the first offset value is greater than zero and the second offset value is equal to zero.
  • the application provides a method for sending information, including:
  • the network device determines indication information, where the indication information includes a timing adjustment parameter, where the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the second uplink carrier;
  • the network device sends the indication information to the terminal device.
  • the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier are uplink carriers in the same cell.
  • the first uplink carrier is a TDD carrier
  • the second uplink carrier is a SUL carrier
  • the timing adjustment parameter is used to instruct the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the TDD carrier and the SUL carrier.
  • the application provides a method for sending information, including:
  • the terminal device determines power information corresponding to the target uplink carrier, where the target uplink carrier is one of the first uplink carrier or the second uplink carrier;
  • the terminal device sends the power information and the indication information to the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate the target uplink carrier.
  • the power information includes a difference between a first power and a second power
  • the first power includes a maximum transmit power of the terminal device
  • the second power includes an estimated by the terminal device. Uplink signal transmission power.
  • the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier belong to the same cell.
  • the terminal device carries the power information and the indication information in the same message and sends the information to the network device.
  • the indication information includes 1 bit, and when the bit is 0, the indication information indicates the first uplink carrier, and if the bit is 1, the indication The information indicates the second uplink carrier.
  • the indication information is implicitly included in the power information.
  • the application provides a method for receiving information, including:
  • the network device receives the power information and the indication information from the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate the target uplink carrier, and the target uplink carrier is one of the first uplink carrier or the second uplink carrier;
  • the network device Determining, by the network device, the target uplink carrier corresponding to the power information according to the indication information.
  • the power information includes a difference between a first power and a second power
  • the first power includes a maximum transmit power of the terminal device
  • the second power includes an estimated by the terminal device. Uplink signal transmission power.
  • the first power includes a maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the target uplink carrier
  • the second power includes a signal estimated by the terminal device on the target uplink carrier. Transmit power.
  • the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier belong to the same cell.
  • the network device receives the power information and the indication information from the network device in the same message.
  • the indication information includes 1 bit, and when the bit is 0, the indication information indicates the first uplink carrier, and if the bit is 1, the indication The information indicates the second uplink carrier.
  • the indication information is implicitly included in the power information.
  • the application provides a method for sending information, including:
  • the network device Determining, by the network device, power control information corresponding to the first terminal device and indication information corresponding to the first terminal device, where the power control information is used by the first terminal device to determine uplink transmit power, where the indication information is used Indicate a target uplink carrier, where the target uplink carrier is one of a first uplink carrier or a second uplink carrier;
  • the network device carries the power control information and the indication information in a downlink control information and sends the information to the first terminal device.
  • the downlink control information further includes power control information corresponding to the second terminal device, and the network device sends the downlink control information to the second terminal device.
  • the application provides a method for receiving information, including:
  • the terminal device receives the power control information and the indication information from the network device, where the power control information is used to instruct the terminal device to determine the transmit power on the target uplink carrier, where the target uplink carrier is the first uplink carrier or the second One of the uplink carriers, where the indication information is used to indicate the target uplink carrier;
  • the terminal device Determining, by the terminal device, the target uplink carrier corresponding to the power control information according to the indication information.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an information receiving apparatus, which may be a terminal device or a chip in a terminal device.
  • the apparatus has the functions of implementing the various embodiments of the first, fourth, fifth, seventh and tenth aspects described above. This function can be implemented in hardware or in hardware by executing the corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the terminal device when the device is a terminal device, the terminal device includes: a processing unit and a communication unit, the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, the communication unit may be, for example, a transceiver, and the transceiver includes a radio frequency circuit, optionally
  • the terminal device further includes a storage unit, which may be, for example, a memory.
  • the storage unit stores a computer execution instruction
  • the processing unit is connected to the storage unit, and the processing unit executes a computer execution instruction stored by the storage unit, so that the terminal device performs the first aspect, A method of information reception according to any of the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, the seventh aspect, and the tenth aspect.
  • the chip comprises: a processing unit and a communication unit
  • the processing unit may be, for example, a processor
  • the communication unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin or Circuits, etc.
  • the processing unit may execute a computer-executed instruction stored by the storage unit to cause the method of receiving information of any of the first aspect, the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, the seventh aspect, and the tenth aspect described above to be performed.
  • the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc.
  • the storage unit may also be a storage unit located outside the chip in the terminal device, such as a read-only memory, other types that can store static information and instructions. Static storage devices, random access memories, and the like.
  • the present application provides an information sending apparatus, which may be a network device or a chip in a network device.
  • the apparatus has the functions of implementing the embodiments of the second, third, sixth, eighth and ninth aspects described above. This function can be implemented in hardware or in hardware by executing the corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the network device when the device is a network device, the network device includes: a processing unit and a communication unit, the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, the communication unit may be, for example, a transceiver, and the transceiver includes a radio frequency circuit, optionally
  • the network device also includes a storage unit, which may be, for example, a memory.
  • the storage unit stores a computer execution instruction
  • the processing unit is connected to the storage unit, and the processing unit executes a computer execution instruction stored by the storage unit, so that the terminal device performs the second aspect, A method of transmitting information according to any of the third aspect, the sixth aspect, the eighth aspect, and the ninth aspect.
  • the chip comprises: a processing unit and a communication unit
  • the processing unit may be, for example, a processor
  • the communication unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin or Circuits, etc.
  • the processing unit may execute a computer-executed instruction stored by the storage unit to cause the method of transmitting information of any of the second aspect, the third aspect, the sixth aspect, the eighth aspect, and the ninth aspect to be performed.
  • the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit may also be a storage unit outside the chip in the network device, such as a read-only memory (ROM), and may be stored. Other types of static storage devices, random access memory (RAM), etc. for static information and instructions.
  • the processor mentioned in any of the above may be a general central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more An integrated circuit for controlling a program for performing the method of information reception of the first aspect, the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, the seventh aspect, and the tenth aspect.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the processor mentioned in any of the above may be a general-purpose central processing unit, a microprocessor, an application specific integrated circuit, or one or more for controlling the execution of the second aspect, the third aspect, and the sixth aspect.
  • embodiments of the present application further provide a computer readable storage medium having instructions stored in a computer, when executed on a computer, causing the computer to perform the method described in the above aspects .
  • embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product comprising instructions that, when executed on a computer, cause the computer to perform the methods described in the various aspects above.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication network system provided by the present application.
  • FIGS. 2a to 2d are schematic diagrams showing an application scenario of a method for transmitting and receiving information according to the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a downlink-transmitted radio frame and a radio frame for uplink reception according to the present application;
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of sending timing alignment provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a scenario in which transmission timing is not aligned according to the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for sending and receiving information according to the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for sending and receiving information according to the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for power control according to the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for power control provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for power control provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for power control according to the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for power control provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for transmitting information according to the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for transmitting information according to the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for receiving information according to the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for receiving information according to the present application.
  • the present invention provides a method for transmitting and receiving information, which can be applied to a communication network system.
  • a structural diagram of a possible communication network system provided by an embodiment of the present application is shown.
  • the communication network system includes a network device 101 and a plurality of terminal devices 102.
  • the network device 101 and the plurality of terminal devices 102 can communicate via an air interface protocol.
  • the network device 101 mentioned in the present application is a device for accessing a terminal to a wireless network, including but not limited to: an evolved node B (eNB), a radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC). ), Node B (NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (eg, home evolved node B, or home node B, HNB), Baseband unit (BBU), base station (g nodeB, gNB), transmission and receiving point (TRP), transmitting point (TP), mobile switching center, etc.
  • wifi access may also be included. Access point (AP), etc.
  • the terminal device 102 mentioned in the present application may be a device having a wireless transceiving function, which may be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable or on-board; or may be deployed on the water surface (such as a ship, etc.); Deployed in the air (such as airplanes, balloons, satellites, etc.).
  • the terminal device may be a mobile phone, an Internet of Things (IoT) terminal device, a tablet (Pad), a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal equipment, wireless terminal in industrial control, wireless terminal in self driving, wireless terminal in remote medical, wireless terminal in smart grid, A wireless terminal in a transportation safety, a wireless terminal in a smart city, a wireless terminal in a smart home, and the like.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • WiP tablet
  • AR augmented reality
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the application scenario.
  • a terminal device may also be referred to as a user equipment (UE), an access terminal device, a UE unit, a UE station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal device, a mobile device, a UE terminal device, a terminal device, Wireless communication device, UE proxy or UE device, and the like. That is to say, the device that can communicate with the network device can be used as the terminal device in the present application. For the convenience of description, the UE can be used for introduction.
  • UE user equipment
  • system architecture shown in FIG. 1 is taken as an example, but is not limited thereto.
  • present application is also applicable to the system architecture of the macro base station and the micro base station communication, and is not limited thereto.
  • the communication system applicable to the above system architecture includes but is not limited to: time division duplexing-long term evolution (TDD LTE), frequency division duplexing-long term evolution (FDD LTE) Long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A), and various wireless communication systems (e.g., new rat (NR) systems) that evolve in the future.
  • TDD LTE time division duplexing-long term evolution
  • FDD LTE frequency division duplexing-long term evolution
  • LTE-A Long term evolution-advanced
  • various wireless communication systems e.g., new rat (NR) systems
  • the terminal device can send an uplink signal to the network device by using a uplink uplink (SUL) carrier.
  • SUL carrier refers to a carrier that has only uplink resources for the current standard transmission.
  • the carrier A is only used for uplink transmission of the NR, the carrier is not used for downlink transmission, or the carrier A can be used for the LTE communication system.
  • the carrier A is a SUL carrier.
  • the network device 101 is a network device of the NR, and the network device 101 deploys two uplink carriers for the terminal device 102 to send signals to the network device 101, respectively, which are TDD carriers (carrier b1) And the SUL carrier (carrier b2), both of which can be used for uplink communication between the terminal device and the network device.
  • TDD carriers carrier b1
  • SUL carrier carrier b2
  • the network device 101a and the network device 101b are network devices belonging to two different wireless access technologies, and the network device 101a and the network device 101b are co-located, and the terminal device 102 can Access both network devices at the same time.
  • the network device 101a deploys an uplink carrier (a1)
  • the network device 101b deploys an uplink carrier (a2).
  • the network device of the NR and the network device of the LTE are co-located, and the terminal device 102 can access the network device of the NR and the LTE at the same time.
  • the terminal device 102 sends an uplink signal to the network device of the NR through the uplink carrier of the NR, and uplinks through the LTE.
  • the carrier transmits an uplink signal to the network device of the LTE.
  • the terminal device accesses the NR network device in a time division duplex mode, and accesses the LTE network device in a frequency division duplex mode.
  • the terminal device can access the NR and LTE network devices by means of dual-connected DC, or can access the NR and LTE network devices by using carrier aggregation CA.
  • DC and CA one of DC and CA The important difference is that when the terminal device adopts the DC mode, the multiple carriers accessed by the terminal device respectively have an independent media access control MAC layer protocol stack, and when the terminal device adopts the CA mode, the terminal device shares multiple carriers. The only MAC layer protocol stack. With the evolution of wireless communication technologies, the definitions and differences between DCs and CAs may be the same as or different from the prior art.
  • the network device 101a and the network device 101b belong to two different wireless access technologies, and the network device 101a and the network device 101b are co-located, and the terminal device 102 can be connected at the same time. Enter these two network devices.
  • the network device 101a deploys one uplink carrier
  • the network device 101b deploys two uplink carriers.
  • the network device 101a may be a network device of LTE
  • the network device 101b may be a network device of the NR.
  • the LTE network device deploys one LTE UL carrier (c1)
  • the NR network device deploys one TDD carrier (c2) and one SUL carrier (c3).
  • the SUL carrier of the NR and the UL carrier of the LTE may be uplinks of the same frequency, that is, the SUL carrier that is understood to be the NR and the UL carrier of the LTE share the uplink.
  • the frequency of the NR UL carrier and the NR DL carrier is 3.5 GHz
  • the LTE UL carrier is 1.75 GHz
  • the LTE DL carrier is 1.85 GHz
  • the NR SUL carrier is 1.75 GHz.
  • the SUL carrier of the NR and the UL carrier of the LTE may also be uplinks of different frequencies.
  • the frequency of the SUL carrier of the NR is 700 MHz
  • the frequency of the UL carrier of the LTE is 1.8 GHz.
  • the network device 101a and the network device 101b belong to network devices of different radio access technologies, and the network device 101a and the network device 101b are non-co-located.
  • the network device 101a It may be a network device of LTE
  • the network device 101b may be a network device of the NR.
  • the network device of LTE and the network device of NR are two network devices different in physical location, and the network device of NR deploys UL carrier (d1) of NR and SUL carrier (d2) of NR for uplink transmission, but LTE and NR
  • the SUL carrier is co-located, the UL carrier of the NR is non-co-site with the SUL carrier of the NR or LTE.
  • the SUL carrier of the NR and the UL carrier of the LTE may be uplinks of the same frequency, that is, the SUL carrier that is understood to be the NR and the UL carrier of the LTE share the uplink.
  • the frequency of the NR UL carrier and the NR DL carrier is 3.5 GHz
  • the LTE UL carrier is 1.75 GHz
  • the LTE DL carrier is 1.85 GHz
  • the NR SUL carrier is 1.75 GHz.
  • the SUL carrier of the NR and the UL carrier of the LTE may also be uplinks of different frequencies.
  • the frequency of the SUL carrier of the NR is 700 MHz
  • the frequency of the UL carrier of the LTE is 1.75 GHz.
  • the timing in the present application can be understood as the starting time (or the ending time) at which the transmitting device transmits a signal, or the starting time (or the ending time) at which the receiving device receives the signal.
  • a radio frame is taken as an example, and of course, other types of time units such as time slots and symbols may be used.
  • the timing for signal transmission can generally be understood as an absolute time.
  • the terminal device needs to determine the start time of the radio frame for downlink reception according to the received synchronization signal, where the start time of the radio frame for downlink reception can be used as a reference point. Further, the start time of the radio frame for uplink transmission is determined according to the start time of the radio frame. At this time, the start time of the radio frame for uplink transmission can be regarded as timing, and the timing is an absolute time. The terminal device then transmits the uplink signal according to the timing.
  • timing can be understood as a single point in time. In other words, a timing can include multiple points in time (multiple moments). If the plurality of times includes at least three times, the at least three times are arranged at equal intervals. For example, suppose that the starting time of the radio frame used by the terminal device for downlink reception is used as the reference time, which is recorded as 0 milliseconds (millisecond, ms), and the length of one radio frame is recorded as 10 ms, and the terminal device is used for the downlink received radio frame.
  • the reference time which is recorded as 0 milliseconds (millisecond, ms)
  • the length of one radio frame is recorded as 10 ms
  • the timing may include 0ms, 10ms, 20ms, ..., multiple times, that is, the terminal device may receive downlink signals in all or part of 0ms, 10ms, 20ms, ..., multiple time points.
  • the start time of the radio frame for the uplink transmission is earlier than the start time of the radio frame for downlink reception, and the timing for the uplink transmission by the terminal device may include (0-x) ms. (10-x) ms, (20-x) ms, ..., multiple time instants.
  • the multiple moments may also be arranged at unequal intervals, which are not limited herein.
  • the timings specified in the communication protocol are relative moments.
  • a time reference point is defined in the communication protocol, and the timing in the communication protocol usually has a certain offset with respect to the time reference point.
  • 3 is a schematic diagram of a radio frame for downlink transmission and a radio frame for uplink reception.
  • the protocol generally uses the start time of the radio frame for downlink reception as a time reference point.
  • the start time of the radio frame used by the terminal device for uplink transmission is defined relative to the radio frame used for downlink reception.
  • the start time is advanced by x ms, which can be considered as a timing advance.
  • the number of these two radio frames can be the same.
  • the network device sends timing adjustment indication information to the terminal device, where the timing adjustment indication information carries a timing adjustment parameter, where the timing adjustment parameter is a TA value, for example, the TA value may be equal to 10,
  • the terminal device should understand that its uplink transmission timing is 10 ⁇ Ts seconds ahead of the downlink reception timing, where Ts is the timing adjustment granularity.
  • the NR system supports terminals operating in NR and LTE dual connectivity (DC) mode, ie, the terminal can operate in both LTE and NR systems.
  • the network device of the NR can deploy one TDD carrier and one SUL carrier
  • the network device of the LTE can deploy one FDD carrier.
  • the terminal device of the LTE-NR DC the terminal device is configured with at least three uplink carriers, including an LTE uplink carrier, a TDD carrier of the NR, and a SUL carrier of the NR.
  • the timing of the uplink signal transmission by the terminal device on the three uplink carriers needs to be equal to ensure the uplink spectrum efficiency of the terminal device to be maximized, otherwise the uplink resources will be wasted.
  • FIG. 4 in the scenario of timing alignment, when the terminal device switches to transmit uplink signals on different uplink carriers, signals are transmitted at all uplink times.
  • the timings of the terminal devices on different uplink carriers may be unequal.
  • the terminal device cannot send the uplink signal in some time periods, thereby causing waste of uplink resources.
  • FIG. 6 exemplarily shows a flow of information transmission and reception provided by the present application.
  • the flow of sending and receiving the information is described below by means of interaction between the network device and the base station.
  • the process specifically includes:
  • Step 601 The network device determines the indication information.
  • the indication information is used to indicate timing adjustment parameters.
  • the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier, where the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the first radio access technology, and the second uplink carrier is a second The uplink carrier of the radio access technology.
  • the first radio access technology may be LTE
  • the second radio access technology may be NR
  • the network device may be a network device of LTE or a network device of NR.
  • LTE and NR may be co-located.
  • LTE and NR belong to the same network device physically, it is logically understood that there are two network devices, that is, one LTE network device and one NR.
  • the network device is either understood to have two serving cells, one LTE cell, and one NR cell. It should be understood that the cell of LTE and the cell of NR belong to the same timing adjustment group.
  • the second uplink carrier may include at least two uplink carriers, and the at least two uplink carriers belong to the same cell.
  • the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine the transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the at least two second uplink carriers.
  • the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the NR
  • the at least two second uplink carriers may include at least one TDD carrier and at least one SUL carrier, where the TDD carrier may also be referred to as an NR UL carrier. It can be directly referred to as a UL carrier, and may of course be other names, which are not limited herein.
  • the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine the transmission timing on the first uplink carrier, on the at least one TDD carrier, and on the at least one SUL carrier. It should be understood that the first uplink carrier, the at least one TDD carrier, and the at least one SUL carrier belong to the same timing adjustment group.
  • Step 602 The network device sends the indication information to the terminal device.
  • the indication information may be sent by the LTE cell to the terminal device, or may be sent by the NR cell to the terminal device.
  • the timing adjustment parameter for determining the plurality of uplink carriers can be indicated to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can maintain the same transmission timing on the multiple uplink carriers.
  • the first uplink carrier may be a carrier of a primary cell
  • the second uplink carrier may be a carrier of a secondary cell
  • the first uplink carrier may be a carrier of an LTE
  • the second uplink carrier may be
  • the carrier of the NR is a cell of the LTE
  • the cell of the NR is a secondary cell.
  • the network device may send indication information to the terminal device on the first downlink carrier, where the terminal device may receive the indication information from the network device.
  • the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier may belong to the same cell. For example, the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to the same LTE cell.
  • Step 603 The terminal device receives the indication information from the network device, and determines a timing adjustment parameter according to the indication information.
  • the terminal device may determine the timing adjustment parameter according to the indication information. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the second uplink carrier according to the timing adjustment parameter. Specifically, when the network device uses the same timing adjustment parameter to indicate that the terminal device performs timing adjustment on the UL carrier of the LTE and the UL carrier of the NR, the terminal device determines the UL carrier in the LTE according to the timing adjustment parameter. Transmission timing on the UL carrier of the NR. When the network device uses the same timing adjustment parameter to indicate that the terminal device performs timing adjustment on the LTE UL carrier, the NR UL carrier, and the NR SUL carrier, the terminal device determines the LTE UL carrier according to the timing adjustment parameter.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the timing adjustment parameter, the transmission on the LTE UL carrier and the NR SUL carrier. timing.
  • the timing adjustment parameter sent by the network device to the terminal device may be a positive number or a zero number, or may be a negative number. Specifically, when the timing adjustment parameter sent by the network device to the terminal device is a negative number, the terminal device determines the uplink transmission timing lag and the downlink reception timing. For example, if the value of the timing adjustment parameter TA is -20, the terminal device determines that the uplink transmission timing is delayed by 20 ⁇ Ts with respect to the downlink reception timing, and the Ts is the timing adjustment granularity. For another example, if the value of the timing adjustment parameter TA is 10, the terminal device determines that the uplink transmission timing is 10 ⁇ Ts ahead of the downlink reception timing.
  • the terminal device determines that the timing of the uplink transmission does not change with respect to the downlink reception timing.
  • the embodiments of the present application are merely exemplary functions, and no limitation is imposed thereon.
  • the application also provides a process for sending and receiving information, which can be applied to the scenario shown in FIG. 2a above.
  • the process specifically includes:
  • step 701 the network device determines the indication information.
  • the indication information includes a timing adjustment parameter, and the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the second uplink carrier.
  • the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier are uplink carriers in the same cell.
  • the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier are two uplink carriers of the NR, and the first uplink carrier is a TDD carrier.
  • the second uplink carrier is a SUL carrier.
  • the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine the transmission timing on the TDD carrier and the SUL carrier.
  • Step 702 The network device sends the indication information to the terminal device.
  • Step 703 The terminal device receives the indication information sent by the network device, and determines a timing adjustment parameter according to the indication information.
  • the terminal device may adjust the parameter according to the timing.
  • the first subcarrier spacing of the terminal device performing uplink transmission on the TDD carrier of the NR may be the same as or different from the uplink transmission of the second subcarrier spacing on the SUL carrier of the NR.
  • the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the timing adjustment parameter is related to the subcarrier spacing of the uplink transmission by the terminal device.
  • the timing adjustment granularity T1 corresponding to the 15KHz subcarrier spacing is 0.25Ts
  • the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the 30KHz subcarrier spacing is T2 is 0.5Ts, that is, the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to different subcarrier spacings is different. Therefore, when the network device sends the timing adjustment parameter to the terminal device, the terminal device needs to determine the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the timing adjustment parameter TA.
  • the terminal device determines that the timing adjustment granularity is a timing adjustment granularity corresponding to a larger one of the first subcarrier interval and the second subcarrier interval.
  • the timing adjustment granularity T1 corresponding to the 15KHz subcarrier spacing is 0.25Ts
  • the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the 30KHz subcarrier spacing is T2 is 0.5Ts.
  • the terminal device can determine the timing adjustment granularity to be 0.5Ts; the 15KHz subcarrier
  • the timing adjustment granularity T1 corresponding to the interval is Ts
  • the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the 30KHz subcarrier spacing is T2 is 0.5Ts.
  • the terminal device can determine that the timing adjustment granularity is Ts.
  • the terminal device determines that the timing adjustment granularity is a timing adjustment granularity corresponding to a smaller one of the first subcarrier interval and the second subcarrier interval. For example, the timing adjustment granularity T1 corresponding to the 15KHz subcarrier spacing is 0.25Ts, and the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the 30KHz subcarrier spacing is T2 is 0.5Ts. At this time, the terminal device can determine the timing adjustment granularity to be 0.25Ts; 15KHz subcarrier The timing adjustment granularity T1 corresponding to the interval is Ts, and the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the 30KHz subcarrier spacing is T2 is 0.5Ts. At this time, the terminal device can determine that the timing adjustment granularity is 0.5Ts.
  • the terminal device determines a timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the first subcarrier spacing of the UL carrier whose granularity is NR, for example, the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the first subcarrier spacing of the UL carrier of the NR is 0.4. Ts, the terminal applies the timing adjustment granularity to 0.4Ts.
  • the network device carries the indication information indicating the timing adjustment granularity in the message carrying the timing adjustment parameter, and the terminal device determines the corresponding timing adjustment granularity according to the indication information.
  • the network device may adopt a display indication manner, that is, the indication information directly indicates a timing adjustment granularity value or an index.
  • the indication information may be 1 bit information, the status 0 indicates an adjustment granularity value Ts, and the status 1 indicates an adjustment granularity value of 0.5. Ts, specifically as shown in Table 1.
  • the network device may also adopt an implicit indication manner, that is, the indication information may indicate an index or a sub-carrier spacing value or an index, so that the terminal device first determines a corresponding uplink or sub-carrier spacing according to the indication information, and then according to the uplink or the uplink or The subcarrier spacing determines the corresponding timing adjustment granularity value.
  • the indication information may indicate an index or a sub-carrier spacing value or an index
  • the terminal device Before the terminal device receives the indication information sent by the network device, the terminal device needs to send a random access signal to the network device, so that the network device determines the timing adjustment parameter.
  • the terminal device may send a random access signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier, or may send a random access signal to the network device on the second uplink carrier, where the random access signal may be a random preamble sequence (Preamble).
  • the first timing of the terminal device transmitting the random access signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier has a first timing offset relative to the receiving timing of the terminal device receiving the downlink signal from the network device on the first downlink carrier.
  • shifting, and the second timing of the terminal device transmitting the random access signal to the network device on the second uplink carrier also has a first timing offset relative to the receiving timing of the terminal device receiving the downlink signal from the network device on the first downlink carrier.
  • the first timing offset value may be a predetermined parameter in the protocol.
  • the first timing offset value may be N TAoffset in LTE or NR, that is, the terminal device sends a random connection on the first uplink carrier.
  • the N TAoffset corresponding to the incoming signal is equal to the value of the N TAoffset used by the terminal device to send the random access signal on the second uplink carrier, or can be understood as the same N TAoffset .
  • the first timing offset value may be sent by the network device to the terminal device.
  • the first timing offset value may be a first value or a second value, and the network device sends the terminal device to the terminal device.
  • the indication information is used to indicate that the first timing offset value is a first value or a second value.
  • the first uplink carrier may be a TDD carrier
  • the second uplink carrier may be a SUL carrier
  • the first downlink carrier may be a TDD carrier associated with the first uplink carrier, it being understood that the first downlink carrier and the second downlink carrier
  • the uplink carriers are respectively uplink and downlink of one TDD carrier.
  • the first timing of the terminal device transmitting the random access signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier is equal to the second timing of sending the random access signal to the network device on the second uplink carrier, so that the terminal device is configured for the first uplink carrier and
  • the second uplink carrier only needs to determine one timing or one timing offset value, which is simpler than determining two different timings or two different timing offset values for the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier, that is, can be reduced.
  • the complexity of the terminal device is simpler than determining two different timings or two different timing offset values for the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier, that is, can be reduced.
  • the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier belong to the same first timing adjustment group.
  • the terminal device may further have a third uplink carrier and a fourth uplink carrier, and the third uplink carrier and the fourth uplink carrier.
  • the uplink carrier belongs to the second timing adjustment group different from the first timing adjustment group.
  • the network device may send two indication information to the terminal device, and the indication information indicates the first timing of the terminal device in the first timing adjustment group.
  • the offset value another indication information indicating that the terminal device adjusts the second timing offset value of the group at the second timing. That is, the terminal device receives the first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first timing offset value corresponding to the first timing adjustment group of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device further receives, from the network device, second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate a second timing offset value corresponding to the second timing adjustment group of the terminal device, where the first timing offset
  • the value and the second timing offset value may be the same or different. That is to say, for different timing adjustment groups, the network device may adjust the individual configuration timing offset values for each timing adjustment group, wherein the timing offset values corresponding to different timing adjustment groups may be the same or different.
  • the network device can separately configure N TAoffset for the terminal device for each timing adjustment group, wherein the N TAoffset corresponding to different timing adjustment groups can be the same, Can be different.
  • the uplink carriers in the same timing adjustment group may belong to the same frequency band or belong to different frequency bands.
  • the first uplink carrier in the first timing adjustment group belongs to the first frequency band
  • the first timing adjustment group belongs to the first timing adjustment group
  • the second uplink carrier belongs to the second frequency band.
  • the first frequency band is a frequency band below 6 GHz
  • the second frequency band is a frequency band above 6 GHz.
  • the medium uplink carrier of a timing adjustment group is not limited to two, and may be one or three. Or more, and at the same time, it is not limited to a plurality of uplink carriers of one terminal device, which may belong to one or two timing adjustments, and may of course be three or more.
  • the first timing of the terminal device transmitting the random access signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier has a first timing offset relative to the receiving timing of the terminal device receiving the downlink signal from the network device on the first downlink carrier.
  • the second timing of the terminal device transmitting the random access signal to the network device on the second uplink carrier has a second timing offset with respect to the receiving timing of the terminal device receiving the downlink signal from the network device on the first downlink carrier.
  • the value, the first timing offset value is not equal to the second timing offset value.
  • the first/second timing offset value may be a predetermined parameter in the protocol, for example, the first timing offset value may be N TAoffset in LTE or NR, that is, the terminal device is on the first uplink carrier.
  • the N TAoffset1 corresponding to the random access signal is not equal to the value of the N TAoffset2 used by the terminal device to send the random access signal on the second uplink carrier.
  • the first uplink carrier may be a TDD carrier
  • the second uplink carrier may be a SUL carrier
  • the first downlink carrier may be a TDD carrier associated with the first uplink carrier.
  • N TAoffset2 can be equal to 0, and N TAoffset1 is greater than 0. This is beneficial to improve the performance of the network device receiving the random access signal from the terminal device when the SUL carrier is LTE and NR shared, and can avoid the LTE terminal device and the NR.
  • the terminal device transmits interference between random access signals.
  • the first timing of the terminal device transmitting the random access signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier has a first timing offset relative to the receiving timing of the terminal device receiving the downlink signal from the network device on the first downlink carrier.
  • the second timing of the terminal device transmitting the random access signal to the network device on the second uplink carrier has a second timing offset with respect to the receiving timing of the terminal device receiving the downlink signal from the network device on the first downlink carrier.
  • the value, the first timing offset value and the second timing offset value may or may not be equal.
  • the first/second timing offset value may be a predetermined parameter in the protocol, for example, the first timing offset value may be N TAoffset in LTE or NR.
  • the protocol pre-defines at least two values, such as the first value and the second value, the terminal device determines that the first timing offset value is equal to the first value, and the terminal device receives, from the network device, the second timing offset is The indication information of the first value or the second value and determining, according to the indication information, that the second timing offset is equal to the first value or the second value.
  • the protocol defines at least two values, such as the first value and the second value, the terminal device determines that the first timing offset value is equal to the first value, and the terminal device determines the second offset value according to the predefined rule. Equal to the first value or the second value.
  • the first uplink carrier may be a TDD carrier
  • the second uplink carrier may be a SUL carrier
  • the first downlink carrier may be a TDD carrier associated with the first uplink carrier.
  • the second value may be equal to 0 and the first value is greater than zero.
  • the foregoing method for transmitting the timing of the random access signal and the timing offset to the terminal device is not limited to the embodiment in the present application, and may be applied to other applicable situations, and may also be used as an independent method. There is no limit here.
  • the first subcarrier spacing of the uplink transmission performed by the terminal device on the UL carrier of the NR and the second subcarrier of the uplink transmission performed on the UL carrier uplink of the LTE are performed.
  • the intervals can be the same or different.
  • the network device sends the timing adjustment parameter to the terminal device as the TA, and the terminal device needs to determine the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the timing adjustment parameter TA.
  • the terminal device determines that the timing adjustment granularity is a timing adjustment granularity corresponding to a larger one of the first subcarrier interval and the second subcarrier interval.
  • the timing adjustment granularity T1 corresponding to the 15KHz subcarrier spacing is 0.25Ts
  • the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the 30KHz subcarrier spacing is T2 is 0.5Ts.
  • the terminal device can determine the timing adjustment granularity to be 0.5Ts; the 15KHz subcarrier
  • the timing adjustment granularity T1 corresponding to the interval is Ts
  • the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the 30KHz subcarrier spacing is T2 is 0.5Ts.
  • the terminal device can determine that the timing adjustment granularity is Ts.
  • the terminal device determines that the timing adjustment granularity is a timing adjustment granularity corresponding to a smaller one of the first subcarrier interval and the second subcarrier interval. For example, the timing adjustment granularity T1 corresponding to the 15KHz subcarrier spacing is 0.25Ts, and the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the 30KHz subcarrier spacing is T2 is 0.5Ts. At this time, the terminal device can determine the timing adjustment granularity to be 0.25Ts; 15KHz subcarrier The timing adjustment granularity T1 corresponding to the interval is Ts, and the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the 30KHz subcarrier spacing is T2 is 0.5Ts. At this time, the terminal device can determine that the timing adjustment granularity is 0.5Ts.
  • the terminal device determines a timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the first subcarrier spacing of the UL carrier whose granularity is NR, for example, the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the first subcarrier spacing of the UL carrier of the NR is 0.4. Ts, the terminal applies the timing adjustment granularity to 0.4Ts.
  • the network device carries the indication information indicating the timing adjustment granularity in the message carrying the timing adjustment parameter, and the terminal device determines the corresponding timing adjustment granularity according to the indication information.
  • the network device may adopt a display indication manner, that is, the indication information directly indicates a timing adjustment granularity value or an index.
  • the indication information may be 1 bit information, the status 0 indicates an adjustment granularity value Ts, and the status 1 indicates an adjustment granularity value of 0.5. Ts, as shown in Table 1.
  • the network device may also adopt an implicit indication manner, that is, the indication information may indicate an index or a sub-carrier spacing value or an index, so that the terminal device first determines a corresponding uplink or sub-carrier spacing according to the indication information, and then according to the uplink or the uplink or The subcarrier spacing determines the corresponding timing adjustment granularity value.
  • a different implementation manner is: when the terminal device accesses the LTE and the NR through the CA, the LTE cell is the primary cell, and the NR cell is the secondary cell. At this time, the terminal device receives the timing adjustment parameter in the primary cell. At this time, the terminal device may determine the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the timing adjustment granularity of the primary cell. It should be noted that the implementation manner in this example is not limited to the network device that the terminal device accesses two different radio access technologies by means of the CA, and is also used to access the same radio access technology with the terminal device through the CA. Multiple network devices. Of course, the terminal device can also be accessed by using a DC method, which is not limited herein.
  • the terminal device may perform measurement according to the downlink reference signal sent by the network device on the DL of the NR, obtain a measurement result, and then perform power control when performing uplink transmission according to the measurement result (including path loss), that is, the terminal device.
  • the power of the signal transmitted on the NR UL can be adjusted according to the path loss value.
  • the path loss is not applicable to the power control of the terminal equipment for uplink transmission on the SUL carrier of the NR.
  • the present application provides a method for the uplink transmission power control, as shown in the process of FIG.
  • Step 801 The network device sends a downlink reference signal to the terminal device.
  • the first uplink carrier may be a carrier of a primary cell
  • the second uplink carrier may be a carrier of a secondary cell
  • the first uplink carrier may be a carrier of an LTE
  • the second uplink carrier may be
  • the carrier of the NR is a cell of the LTE
  • the cell of the NR is a secondary cell.
  • the network device may send a downlink reference signal to the terminal device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier may belong to the same cell, for example, the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier.
  • the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of the LTE
  • the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the LTE.
  • the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier may also belong to different cells.
  • the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of LTE
  • the first uplink carrier may be an uplink carrier of the NR.
  • Step 802 The terminal device receives the downlink reference signal from the network device, and determines, according to the downlink reference signal, the power of sending the uplink signal on the second uplink carrier.
  • the terminal device may receive the downlink reference signal from the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of the LTE, and the terminal device may determine, according to the downlink reference signal received on the downlink carrier of the LTE, the SUL carrier on the NR.
  • the power of the uplink signal is sent to the network device.
  • the application further provides another method for power control, such as the process of power control shown in FIG. 9 , where the process specifically includes:
  • step 901 the network device determines a downlink reference signal.
  • the downlink reference signal may be used by the terminal device to determine the power of transmitting the uplink signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier.
  • Step 902 The network device sends a downlink reference signal to the terminal device on the first downlink carrier.
  • the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier may belong to different cells.
  • the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of the primary cell, and the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the secondary cell.
  • the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of the first radio access technology
  • the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the second radio access technology.
  • the first radio access technology is LTE
  • the second radio access technology is NR.
  • the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier and the second downlink carrier belong to the same cell.
  • the network device may further send the indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information may be used to indicate that the terminal device determines, according to the downlink reference signal, the power of sending the uplink signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier, or the indication information indicates the terminal device.
  • the downlink reference signal is not used to determine the power of transmitting the uplink signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier.
  • the indication information may be explicitly sent by the network device to the terminal device.
  • the indication information may include two states, where the first state indicates that the terminal device determines the first uplink carrier according to the downlink reference signal.
  • the power of the uplink signal is sent to the network device, and the second state indicates that the terminal device does not use the downlink reference signal to determine the power of sending the uplink signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier.
  • the indication information may also be implicitly carried in other information.
  • the network device sends information indicating the first uplink carrier frequency to the terminal device, where the indication information may be carried in the information indicating the first uplink carrier frequency.
  • the terminal device implicitly indicates that the terminal device determines to send an uplink signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier according to the downlink reference signal.
  • the power of the network device indicates to the terminal device that the frequency of the second uplink carrier is the second frequency, that is, implicitly indicating that the terminal device does not use the downlink reference signal to determine that the uplink signal is sent to the network device on the first uplink carrier.
  • the first frequency and/or the second frequency may comprise a plurality of frequency values.
  • the network device may further send, to the terminal device, second indication information, where the second indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the downlink reference signal.
  • the second indication information includes at least one of resource information, sequence information, and power information corresponding to the downlink reference signal.
  • Step 903 The terminal device receives the downlink reference signal from the network device on the first downlink carrier, and determines, according to the downlink reference signal, the power of sending the uplink signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier.
  • the terminal device receives the downlink reference signal on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier may be a downlink carrier of the LTE, and the terminal device determines, according to the downlink reference signal received by the downlink carrier of the LTE, on the first uplink carrier to the network.
  • the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier and the second downlink carrier belong to the same cell. It should be understood that, in a case that the terminal device can access LTE and NR at the same time, the terminal device may determine that the downlink reference information is downlink reference information of LTE. In the case that the terminal device can only access the NR, the terminal device can also receive the downlink reference information on the downlink carrier of the LTE. At this time, the terminal device can only determine that the downlink reference signal is received, and does not determine the downlink.
  • the reference signal is LTE, that is, LTE is transparent to the terminal device, that is, the terminal device does not know the existence of LTE.
  • the application further provides another method for power control, such as the process of power control shown in FIG. 10, where the process specifically includes:
  • step 1001 the terminal device determines power information corresponding to the target uplink carrier.
  • the target uplink carrier may be one of the first uplink carrier or the second uplink carrier. It should be understood that the terminal device determines the power information of the target uplink carrier, and the terminal device may determine the power information of another uplink carrier other than the target uplink carrier of the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier, or The power information of the other uplink carrier is not determined, and is not limited herein.
  • the target uplink carrier may include both the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier. It should be understood that the terminal device determines the power information of the first uplink carrier and the power information of the second uplink carrier.
  • the power information may include a difference between the first power and the second power, where the first power may be a maximum transmit power of the terminal device, and the maximum transmit power may be a nominal/rated maximum transmit of the terminal device, where the target The nominal/rated maximum transmit power may also be referred to as a nominal maximum transmit power; the first power may also be the actual maximum transmit power of the terminal device, and the type of the maximum transmit power is not limited herein.
  • the second power may be an estimated uplink signal transmission power of the terminal device, where the estimated uplink signal transmission power may be determined by the terminal device according to a predefined rule, or may be the terminal device according to other methods. Certainly, the method for determining the power of the terminal device is not limited herein.
  • the estimated uplink signal sending power may be the estimated uplink data/the shared channel transmit power, the estimated transmit power of the uplink control channel, or the estimated transmit power of the uplink measurement signal. It may also be the estimated transmit power of the uplink data/shared channel and the uplink control channel, and may of course be the estimated transmit power of other uplink signals.
  • the power information may further include a maximum transmit power of the terminal device.
  • the maximum transmit power may be a nominal/rated maximum transmit of the terminal device, and the nominal/rated maximum transmit power may also be referred to as a nominal maximum transmit power; the first power may also be that the terminal device actually The maximum transmit power, the type of the maximum transmit power is not limited here.
  • Step 1002 The terminal device sends the power information and the indication information to the network device.
  • the indication information is used to indicate an uplink carrier corresponding to the power information.
  • the target uplink carrier is one of the first uplink carrier or the second uplink carrier
  • the target uplink carrier is an uplink carrier
  • the power information only corresponds to the one target uplink carrier
  • the indication information is used for Indicates the one target uplink carrier.
  • the indication information may be explicit information.
  • the indication information includes 1 bit. When the bit is in the state 0, the indication information indicates that the target uplink carrier is the first uplink carrier, where the bit is in the bit. In the case of state 0, the indication information indicates that the target uplink carrier is the second uplink carrier. It should be understood that the indication information and the power information are carried in the same message and sent by the terminal device to the network device.
  • the indication information may also be implicit information.
  • the terminal device sends a message carrying the power information to the network device on the first uplink carrier.
  • the target uplink carrier is the second uplink carrier, the terminal device sends a message carrying the power information to the network device on the second uplink carrier. It should be understood that the indication information is implicitly carried in an uplink carrier of the message carrying the power information sent by the terminal device to the network device.
  • the target uplink carrier includes a first uplink carrier and a second uplink carrier, that is, the target uplink carrier includes two uplink carriers, and the power information includes first power information corresponding to the first uplink carrier and corresponding Second power information of the second uplink carrier.
  • the first power information and the second power information may be carried in the same message and sent by the terminal device to the network device, or may be carried in different messages and sent by the terminal device to the network device.
  • the indication information may be explicit information.
  • the indication information includes 2 bits, 1 bit of the 2 bits indicates the first power information, and another 1 bit indicates the second power information. Specifically, when the 1 bit is 0, the first power information is not included in the indication information, and when the 1 bit is 1, the first power information is included in the indication information.
  • the number of bits of the indication information, and the correspondence between the bit state and the meaning are not limited to the above examples.
  • the indication information may be implicit information.
  • the indication information is carried in a location or a sequence in which the first power information and the second power information are carried in a message carrying the power information, for example, The first power information is carried in the first domain in the message, and the second power information is carried in the second domain in the message, where the first domain corresponds to the first uplink carrier corresponding to the first power information, where The second domain corresponds to the second uplink carrier corresponding to the second power information.
  • the first power information is carried in the first domain in the message
  • the second power information is carried in the second domain in the message, where the number of the first domain in the message is smaller than the second domain in the
  • the first domain with a smaller number corresponds to the first uplink carrier corresponding to the first power information
  • the first domain with a larger number corresponds to the second uplink carrier corresponding to the second power information.
  • Step 1003 The network device receives power information and indication information from the terminal device, and determines, according to the indication information, a target uplink carrier corresponding to the power information.
  • the network device may receive power information and indication information from the terminal device, and the network device determines, according to the indication information, a target uplink carrier corresponding to the power information.
  • the power information received by the network device is that the power information may be the power of the first uplink carrier or the second uplink carrier.
  • the status of the indication information received by the network device may be explicit information.
  • the indication information includes 1 bit. When the bit is in the state 0, the indication information indicates that the target uplink carrier is the first uplink carrier, and the network device can determine the first power of the first uplink carrier according to the indication information. The first uplink carrier corresponding to the information. In the case that the bit is in the state 1, the indication information indicates that the target uplink carrier is the second uplink carrier, and the network device can determine, according to the indication information, the second uplink carrier corresponding to the second power information of the second uplink carrier.
  • the network device receives the message carrying the power information sent by the terminal device on the first uplink carrier, so that the network device can determine The power information is power information of the first uplink carrier, and the first uplink carrier is determined to be the target uplink carrier.
  • the network device receives the message carrying the power information sent by the terminal device, where the network device determines that the received power information is the power information of the second uplink carrier, and determines the second uplink carrier. For the target uplink carrier.
  • the target uplink carrier may also include a first uplink carrier and a second uplink carrier, that is, the target uplink carrier includes two uplink carriers, and the power information includes first power information corresponding to the first uplink carrier and corresponding to the second uplink. Second power information of the carrier.
  • the indication information is the displayed information
  • 1 bit of the 2 bits indicates the first power information
  • another 1 bit indicates the second power information.
  • the 1 bit is 0, the first power information is not included in the indication information, and when the 1 bit is 1, the first power information is included in the indication information.
  • the indication information received by the network device is 01
  • the received power information is the second power information
  • the first power information is not included, so that the second uplink carrier corresponding to the second power information may be determined, that is, the The second uplink carrier is a target uplink carrier.
  • the received power information is the first power information, and the second power information is not included, so that the first uplink carrier corresponding to the first power information may be determined, that is, The first uplink carrier is a target uplink carrier.
  • the received power information is the first power information and the second power information, so that the first uplink carrier and the second power information corresponding to the first power information may be determined.
  • the corresponding second uplink carrier that is, the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier are target uplink carriers.
  • the indication information is implicit information
  • the indication information is carried in a location or a sequence in which the first power information and the second power information are carried in a message carrying the power information
  • the A power information is carried in a first domain in the message
  • the second power information is carried in a second domain in the message
  • the first domain corresponds to a first uplink carrier corresponding to the first power information
  • the The second domain corresponds to the second uplink carrier corresponding to the second power information.
  • the network device receives the power information in the first domain of the received message, and the network device may determine the power information as the first power information of the first uplink carrier, thereby determining the first corresponding to the first power information.
  • the uplink carrier that is, the first uplink carrier is the target uplink carrier.
  • the network device receives the power information in the second domain of the received message, and the network device may determine that the power information is the second power information of the second uplink carrier, thereby determining that the second power information corresponds to the first
  • the second uplink carrier, that is, the second uplink carrier is the target uplink carrier.
  • the first power information is carried in the first domain in the message
  • the second power information is carried in the second domain in the message, where the number of the first domain in the message is smaller than the second domain in the The number in the message.
  • the network device receives the power information in the first domain with the small number in the message, and indicates that the power information is the first power information of the first uplink carrier, and the first uplink carrier corresponding to the first power information may be obtained, that is,
  • the first uplink carrier is a target uplink carrier.
  • the process of the power control shown in FIG. 11 includes:
  • Step 1101 The terminal device reports a power headroom to the network device.
  • the power headroom is the difference between the maximum transmit power of the terminal device and the power determined by the terminal for transmitting the uplink signal, and the maximum transmit power may be a nominal maximum transmit power, or may be actual. Maximum transmit power.
  • the power determined by the terminal device for transmitting the uplink signal may be an accurate value of the power determined by the terminal device, or may be a value predicted by the terminal device.
  • the power headroom may be the difference between the maximum transmit power of the terminal device and the transmit power of the data signal/data channel expected by the terminal device, and may also be the difference between the maximum transmit power of the terminal device and the transmit power of the measurement signal expected by the terminal device. It may also be the difference between the maximum transmit power of the terminal device and the transmit power of the control signal/control channel predicted by the terminal device, and may also be the maximum transmit power of the terminal device and the expected data signal/data channel and control signal/control channel of the terminal device. The difference in transmission power.
  • the terminal device can send the uplink signal on the first uplink carrier
  • the uplink signal can also be sent on the second uplink carrier
  • the power may be different, and the determined power for transmitting the uplink signal on the first uplink carrier and the determined power for transmitting the uplink signal on the second uplink carrier may also be different, so for the terminal device
  • the value of the power headroom corresponding to the first uplink carrier and the value of the power headroom corresponding to the second uplink carrier may be different, so that the terminal device needs to separately report the power headroom of the first uplink carrier and the second uplink.
  • the power headroom of the carrier may be different, so that the terminal device needs to separately report the power headroom of the first uplink carrier and the second uplink.
  • the target uplink carrier may be one of the first uplink carrier or the second uplink carrier.
  • the terminal device determines at least the power headroom of the target uplink carrier, and the terminal device may determine a power headroom of another uplink carrier other than the target uplink sub-aibu in the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier, or may not
  • the power headroom of the other uplink carrier is determined, which is not limited herein.
  • the target uplink carrier may also include the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier, that is, the terminal device determines both the power headroom of the first uplink carrier and the power headroom of the second uplink carrier. .
  • Step 1102 The network device receives a power headroom from the terminal device, and determines a target uplink carrier corresponding to the power headroom.
  • the message carrying the power headroom needs to carry the indication information indicating the uplink carrier corresponding to the power headroom, and the indication information indicates the first uplink carrier or the second uplink.
  • the network device can determine, according to the indication information, whether the received uplink carrier corresponding to the power headroom is the first uplink carrier or the second uplink carrier. Otherwise, the network device cannot determine the uplink carrier corresponding to the power headroom.
  • the indication information may be explicit information.
  • the indication information includes 1 bit. When the bit is in the state 0, the indication information indicates that the target uplink carrier is the first uplink carrier, and the bit is state 0. In the case, the indication information indicates that the target uplink carrier is the second uplink carrier. It should be understood that the indication information and the power headroom may be carried in the same message and sent by the terminal device to the network device.
  • the indication information may also be implicit information.
  • the target uplink carrier is the first uplink carrier
  • the terminal device sends the power headroom to the network device on the first uplink carrier.
  • the message is that, when the target uplink carrier is the second uplink carrier, the terminal device sends a message carrying the power headroom to the network device on the second uplink carrier.
  • the indication information is implicitly carried in an uplink carrier of the message carrying the power headroom sent by the terminal device to the network device.
  • the target uplink carrier includes a first uplink carrier and a second uplink carrier, that is, the target uplink carrier includes two uplink carriers, and the power headroom includes a power headroom of the first uplink carrier and a power of the second uplink carrier. margin.
  • the power headroom of the first uplink carrier and the power headroom of the second uplink carrier may be carried in the same message by the terminal device to the network device, or may be carried in different messages and sent by the terminal device to the network device. .
  • the indication information may be explicit information.
  • the indication information includes 2 bits, where 1 bit of the 2 bits indicates a power headroom of the first uplink carrier, and another 1 bit indicates the second uplink carrier. Power margin. Specifically, when the 1 bit is 0, the power information of the first uplink carrier is not included in the indication information, and when the 1 bit is 1, the power information of the first uplink carrier is included in the indication information.
  • the number of bits of the indication information, and the correspondence between the bit state and the meaning are not limited to the above examples.
  • the indication information may be implicit information.
  • the power remaining amount of the first uplink carrier carried by the indication information and the power margin of the second uplink carrier are carried in a message carrying the power headroom.
  • the power headroom of the first uplink carrier is carried in the first domain in the message
  • the power headroom of the first uplink carrier is carried in the second domain in the message
  • the A domain corresponds to a first uplink carrier corresponding to a power headroom of the first uplink carrier
  • the second domain corresponds to a second uplink carrier corresponding to a power headroom of the second uplink carrier.
  • the power headroom of the first uplink carrier is carried in the first domain in the message
  • the power headroom of the second uplink carrier is carried in the second domain in the message, where the first domain is in the message.
  • the number of the second domain is smaller than the number of the second domain in the message. It should be understood that the first domain with a smaller number corresponds to the first uplink carrier corresponding to the power headroom of the second uplink carrier, and the first domain with a larger number is associated with the first domain.
  • the second uplink carrier corresponding to the power headroom of the second uplink carrier corresponds to. It should be noted that the above are examples of specific embodiments, and the method is not limited.
  • the power headroom received by the network device may be a power headroom of the first uplink carrier or the second uplink carrier.
  • the status of the indication information received by the network device may be explicit information.
  • the indication information includes 1 bit. When the bit is in the state 0, the indication information indicates that the target uplink carrier is the first uplink carrier, and the network device can determine the power headroom of the first uplink carrier according to the indication information. Corresponding first uplink carrier. When the bit is in the state 1, the indication information indicates that the target uplink carrier is the second uplink carrier, and the network device can determine, according to the indication information, the second uplink carrier corresponding to the power headroom of the second uplink carrier.
  • the network device receives the message carrying the power headroom sent by the terminal device on the first uplink carrier, so that the network device can The power headroom is determined to be the power headroom of the first uplink carrier, and the first uplink carrier is determined to be the target uplink carrier.
  • the network device receives the message carrying the power headroom sent by the terminal device on the second uplink carrier, and the network device determines that the received power headroom is the power headroom of the second uplink carrier, and determines the first The second uplink carrier is the target uplink carrier.
  • the target uplink carrier may also include a first uplink carrier and a second uplink carrier, that is, the target uplink carrier includes two uplink carriers, and the power headroom includes a power headroom corresponding to the first uplink carrier and corresponding to the second uplink.
  • the power headroom of the carrier may also include a first uplink carrier and a second uplink carrier, that is, the target uplink carrier includes two uplink carriers, and the power headroom includes a power headroom corresponding to the first uplink carrier and corresponding to the second uplink. The power headroom of the carrier.
  • the indication information when the indication information is the displayed information, for example, when the indication information is 2 bits, 1 bit of the 2 bits indicates a power headroom of the first uplink carrier, and another 1 bit indicates the first uplink carrier. Power headroom.
  • the 1 bit When the 1 bit is 0, the power information of the first uplink carrier is not included in the indication information.
  • the indication information includes the power headroom of the first uplink carrier.
  • the indication information received by the network device is 01, it indicates that the received power headroom is the power headroom of the second uplink carrier, and does not include the power headroom of the first uplink carrier, so that the second uplink carrier can be determined.
  • the second uplink carrier corresponding to the power headroom, that is, the second uplink carrier is the target uplink carrier.
  • the indication information received by the network device when the indication information received by the network device is 10, it indicates that the received power headroom is the power headroom of the first uplink carrier, and does not include the power headroom of the second uplink carrier, so that the first uplink can be determined.
  • the first uplink carrier corresponding to the power headroom of the carrier that is, the first uplink carrier is the target uplink carrier.
  • the received power headroom is the power headroom of the first uplink carrier and the power headroom of the second uplink carrier, so that the power of the first uplink carrier can be determined.
  • the second uplink carrier corresponding to the power headroom of the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier, that is, the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier are the target uplink carriers.
  • the indication information is implicit information
  • the power remaining amount of the first uplink carrier carried by the indication information and the power margin of the second uplink carrier are carried in a message carrying the power headroom.
  • a power headroom of the first uplink carrier is carried in a first domain in the message
  • a power headroom of the second uplink carrier is carried in a second domain in the message
  • the first The domain corresponds to the first uplink carrier corresponding to the power headroom of the first uplink carrier
  • the second domain corresponds to the second uplink carrier corresponding to the power headroom of the second uplink carrier.
  • the network device receives the power headroom in the first domain of the received message, and the network device may determine that the power headroom is the power headroom of the first uplink carrier, thereby determining the power balance of the first uplink carrier.
  • the first uplink carrier corresponding to the quantity, that is, the first uplink carrier is the target uplink carrier.
  • the network device receives the power headroom in the second domain of the received message, and the network device may determine the power headroom as the power headroom of the second uplink carrier, thereby determining the power of the second uplink carrier.
  • the second uplink carrier corresponding to the remaining amount, that is, the second uplink carrier is the target uplink carrier.
  • the power headroom of the first uplink carrier is carried in the first domain in the message
  • the power headroom of the second uplink carrier is carried in the second domain in the message, where the first domain is in the message.
  • the number is less than the number of the second field in the message.
  • the network device receives the power headroom in the first field with the small number in the message, indicating that the power headroom is the power headroom of the first uplink carrier, and the power headroom corresponding to the power headroom of the first uplink carrier may be obtained.
  • An uplink carrier, that is, the first uplink carrier is a target uplink carrier.
  • the application further provides another process of power control, such as the process shown in FIG. 12, where the process specifically includes:
  • the network device determines the power control information and the indication information, where the power control information is used by the first terminal device to determine the power of the uplink signal sent to the network device on the target uplink carrier, where the indication information is used to indicate that the power control information corresponds to The target uplink carrier.
  • the target uplink carrier includes one of the first uplink carrier or the second uplink carrier
  • the power control information is used by the first terminal device to determine one of the first uplink carrier or the second uplink carrier.
  • the power of the uplink signal is sent to the network device on the uplink carrier, and the indication information is used to indicate one of the first uplink carrier or the second uplink carrier corresponding to the power control information.
  • the target uplink carrier includes a first uplink carrier and a second uplink carrier
  • the power control information includes a power for instructing the first terminal device to determine to send an uplink signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier.
  • the first power control information, and the second power control information for instructing the first terminal device to determine the power for transmitting the uplink signal to the network device on the second uplink carrier, the indication information includes First indication information of the first uplink carrier corresponding to the first power control information, and second indication information of the second uplink carrier corresponding to the second power control information.
  • Step 1202 The network device sends the power control information and the indication information to the first terminal device.
  • the network device may carry the power control information and the indication information in the same downlink control information (downlink control information) , DCI).
  • the power control information is included in a first field in the DCI, the indication information being included in a second field in the DCI.
  • the first field may be 2 bits or 1 bit
  • the second field may be 1 bit.
  • the second field may be referred to as a carrier indication field, which is called an SC_UL_Index, and may be other names, which are not limited herein.
  • SC_UL_Index carrier indication field
  • the second field is 0, the TDD carrier (NR UL) is indicated; when the second field is 1, the SUL carrier is indicated.
  • the correspondence between the value of the second field and the indicated carrier may be It is pre-defined in the protocol, that is, when the carrier indication field is 0 in the protocol, the TDD carrier (NR UL) is indicated, and when the carrier indication field is 1, the SUL is indicated.
  • the correspondence can also be configured.
  • the implementation of the second field is not limited to the present application, but is also applicable to other carrier situations that need to indicate one of the at least two carriers, especially for an NR system with SUL, ie, the NR is configured with a TDD carrier and A SUL scene.
  • the DCI used for uplink scheduling may also include the second field.
  • the DCI used for uplink scheduling may be a DCI for back-off, or a DCI for a terminal, or other types of DCI.
  • the power control information and the indication information are both included in a third field in the DCI.
  • the power control information and the indication information are included in the third field by means of joint coding, and the third The field can be 3 bits or 2 bits.
  • the DCI may also contain a plurality of 3-bit third fields, such as field 1, field 2, field 3, and the like. Each of the fields includes power control information and indication information corresponding to one terminal device.
  • the DCI may further include power control information and/or indication information corresponding to the second terminal device, where the second terminal device may be multiple.
  • Second terminal devices the DCI may include power control information and indication information of any second terminal device.
  • the DCI may include only the first type of field, that is, each field includes power control information and indication information.
  • the DCI may include two fields, a first field is a field containing power control information and indication information, and a second field is a field containing only power control information. In this case, the bit lengths of the first field and the second field may be the same or different.
  • the first field contains 3 bits and the second field also contains 3 bits, but only 2 bits in the second field are used for power control information, and the other 1 bit is reserved or padded.
  • the first field contains 3 bits, the 3 bits contain power control information and indication information, and the second field contains 2 bits, and the 2 bits only contain power control information.
  • the DCI includes a plurality of power control information, where each power control information corresponds to a terminal device, and the DCI further includes an indication information indicating a target uplink carrier corresponding to the multiple power control information.
  • the target uplink carriers determined by the terminal devices according to the one indication information are the same uplink carrier.
  • the indication information may be implicitly carried in the DCI.
  • the network device may use the two different identifiers to scramble the DCI, where the first identifier of the two different identifiers corresponds to the first identifier.
  • the uplink carrier, the second identifier of the two different identifiers corresponds to the second uplink carrier, so that the terminal device can determine the target carrier according to the scrambling identifier of the DCI.
  • the identifier may be a radio network tempory identity (RNTI), or may be other identifiers, which is not limited herein.
  • RNTI radio network tempory identity
  • the network device may carry the power control information in the DCI and send the information to the terminal device, where the indication information is The bearer is sent to the terminal device in other signaling.
  • the other signaling may be higher layer signaling, such as radio resource control RRC layer signaling.
  • the network device carries the power control information on the first and second bits in the DCI, and the network device sends the indication information to the terminal, in addition to sending the DCI to the terminal device.
  • the indication information is used to indicate a bit position of the power control information corresponding to the target carrier in the DCI, and in this example, the indication information indicates the first and second bits in the DCI.
  • the indication information may directly indicate the first bit and the second bit, or the indication information may indicate the first bit, and both the network device and the terminal device know in advance that the power control information is carried in the continuous DCI. On two bits.
  • the first bit of the DCI corresponds to the power control information of the first uplink carrier
  • the second bit of the DCI corresponds to the power control information of the second uplink carrier.
  • the indication information indicates the first bit of the DCI
  • the network device carries the power control information of the first uplink carrier on the first bit of the DCI, and the terminal device can determine, according to the indication information, the power control information carried on the first bit.
  • the target uplink carrier is the first uplink carrier.
  • the network device if the target uplink carrier includes the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier, the network device carries the first power control information and the second power control information in the same DCI and sends the information to the terminal device.
  • the network device carries the first indication information and the second indication information in other signaling and sends the information to the terminal device.
  • the other signaling may be higher layer signaling, such as radio resource control RRC layer signaling.
  • the network device carries the first power control information on the first and second bits in the DCI, and carries the second power control information on the third and fourth bits in the DCI, then the network The device sends the first indication information and the second indication information to the terminal device, and the first indication information and the second indication information respectively indicate the terminal device.
  • a first power control information corresponding to the first uplink carrier and a bit position of the second power control information corresponding to the second uplink carrier in the DCI in this example, the first indication information indicates in the DCI
  • the first and second bits specifically, the indication information may directly indicate the first and second bits, or the indication information may indicate the first bit, and both the network device and the terminal device know in advance that the power control information is to be carried. On consecutive two bits in the DCI.
  • the second indication information indicates the third and fourth bits in the DCI, and the specific indication manner is similar to the first indication information, and details are not described herein again. It should be noted that the bit position of the first power control information and/or the second power control information in the DCI is not limited to this example, and other values may be used.
  • the power control information carried by the network device on the DCI is the first power control information of the first uplink carrier, and the terminal device may determine the first power control information according to the indication information.
  • the corresponding target uplink carrier is the first uplink carrier.
  • the power control information carried by the network device on the DCI is the second power control information of the second uplink carrier, and the terminal device may determine the second power control according to the indication information.
  • the target uplink carrier corresponding to the information is the second uplink carrier.
  • the downlink control information (DCI) sent by the network device to the first terminal device may be a DCI sent by multiple terminal devices, that is, a group common DCI, or may be dedicated.
  • the DCI of the first terminal device may be a DCI sent by multiple terminal devices, that is, a group common DCI, or may be dedicated.
  • the fields herein are only used to describe one or more bits in the DCI, and do not limit the names of certain bits in the DCI.
  • the DCI contains a total of 30 bits, and the 30 bits can be understood as a field.
  • the 30 bits can be understood as a field, which is not limited herein.
  • the DCI may also include some reserved bits, or padding bits.
  • Step 1203 The terminal device receives power control information and indication information from the network device.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the indication information, a target uplink carrier corresponding to the power control information.
  • the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to determine the power parameter.
  • the indication information indicates that the terminal device adjusts the power parameter.
  • the indication information indicates -1 dB, where dB indicates a decibel value, and the terminal device determines that the value of the power parameter is lower than the previous value. 1dB.
  • the indication information indicates that the terminal device determines the power parameter.
  • the indication information indicates 4 dB, and the terminal device determines that the value of the power parameter is 4 dB.
  • the terminal device receives the power control information and the indication information in the DCI.
  • the new indicator may be implicitly carried in the DCI.
  • the DCI may be scrambled by using two different identifiers, where the first identifier corresponds to the first uplink carrier, and the second identifier corresponds to the second uplink carrier.
  • the terminal device may determine that the received power control information is the power control information of the first uplink carrier, so that the power control information of the received first uplink carrier may be determined to be corresponding.
  • the first uplink carrier that is, the first uplink carrier is the target uplink carrier.
  • the terminal device may determine that the received power control information is the power control information of the second uplink carrier, so that the received power control information of the second uplink carrier may be determined.
  • the second uplink carrier is a target uplink carrier.
  • the indication information may also be carried in other signaling and sent to the terminal device, where the other signaling may be high layer signaling, such as radio resource control RRC layer signaling.
  • the indication information may indicate a bit position of the power control information of the terminal device corresponding to the target carrier in the DCI.
  • the terminal device may determine that the power control information carried in the DCI is the power control information of the first uplink carrier, so that the terminal device may determine The first uplink carrier corresponding to the received power control information of the first uplink carrier, that is, the first uplink carrier is the target uplink carrier.
  • the terminal device may determine that the power control information carried in the DCI is the power control information of the second uplink carrier, so that the terminal device may determine The second uplink carrier corresponding to the received power control information of the second uplink carrier, that is, the second uplink carrier is the target uplink carrier.
  • the target uplink carrier may also include the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier.
  • the first power control information of the first uplink carrier and the second power control information of the second uplink carrier may be carried in the same DCI.
  • the first power control information is carried on the first and second bits in the DCI
  • the second power control information is carried on the third and fourth bits in the DCI.
  • the indication information may be carried on the high layer signaling, where the indication information includes first indication information corresponding to the first uplink carrier and second indication information corresponding to the second uplink carrier.
  • the first indication information and the second indication information respectively indicate a first power control information of the first uplink carrier and a bit position of the second power control information corresponding to the second uplink carrier in the DCI. .
  • the terminal device may determine that the power control information carried in the DCI is the first power control information, so that the first corresponding to the received first power control information may be determined.
  • An uplink carrier that is, the first uplink carrier is a target uplink carrier.
  • the terminal device may determine that the power control information carried in the DCI is the first power control information, so that the receiving may be determined.
  • the first uplink carrier corresponding to the first power control information, that is, the first uplink carrier is the target uplink carrier.
  • the terminal device may determine that the power control information carried in the DCI is the second power control information, so that the receiving may be determined.
  • the second uplink carrier corresponding to the second power control information, that is, the second uplink carrier is the target uplink carrier.
  • bit position of the first power control information and/or the second power control information in the DCI is not limited to this example, and other values may be used.
  • FIG. 13 a schematic diagram of a device provided by the present application, which may be a terminal device, may perform the method performed by the terminal device in any of the foregoing embodiments.
  • the terminal device 1300 includes at least one processor 1301, a transceiver 1302, and optionally a memory 1303.
  • the processor 1301, the transceiver 1302, and the memory 1303 are connected to each other.
  • the processor 1301 can be a general purpose central processing unit, a microprocessor, an application specific integrated circuit, or one or more integrated circuits for controlling program execution of embodiments of the present application.
  • the transceiver 1302 is configured to communicate with other devices or communication networks, and the transceiver includes a radio frequency circuit.
  • the memory 1303 can be a read only memory or other type of static storage device random access memory that can store static information and instructions or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, or can be an electrically erasable programmable read only memory. , read-only disc or other disc storage, optical disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or capable of carrying or storing instructions or data
  • the desired program code in the form of a structure and any other medium that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto.
  • the memory 1303 may be independent and connected to the processor 1301.
  • the memory 1303 can also be integrated with the processor.
  • the memory 1303 is configured to store application code that executes an embodiment of the present application, and is controlled by the processor 1301 for execution.
  • the processor 1301 is configured to execute application code stored in the memory 1303.
  • the processor 1301 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG.
  • the terminal device 1300 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 1301 and the processor 1308 in FIG. Each of these processors may be a single-CPU processor or a multi-core processor, where the processor may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or A processing core for processing data, such as computer program instructions.
  • the terminal device may be used to implement the steps performed by the terminal device in the method for transmitting and receiving information provided by the present application.
  • the terminal device may be used to implement the steps performed by the terminal device in the method for transmitting and receiving information provided by the present application.
  • the application may divide the function module into the terminal device according to the above method example.
  • each function module may be divided according to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and may be further divided in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 14 shows a schematic diagram of a device which may be the terminal device involved in the above embodiment, the device including the processing unit 1401 and the communication unit 1402.
  • the communication unit 1402 is configured to receive indication information from the network device, where the indication information indicates a timing adjustment parameter, where the timing adjustment parameter is used to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the second uplink carrier.
  • the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the first radio access technology
  • the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the second radio access technology;
  • the processing unit 1401 is configured to determine the timing adjustment parameter according to the indication information received by the communication unit 1402.
  • the second uplink carrier includes at least two second uplink carriers, and the at least two second uplink carriers belong to the same cell.
  • the timing adjustment parameter is used by the processing unit 1401 to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the at least two second uplink carriers.
  • the at least two second uplink carriers include at least one TDD carrier and at least one SUL carrier.
  • the first uplink carrier is a carrier of a primary cell
  • the second uplink carrier is a carrier of a secondary cell
  • the communication unit 1402 When the communication unit 1402 receives the indication information from the network device, specifically, the communication unit 1402 is configured to:
  • the first radio access technology is LTE
  • the second radio access technology is NR.
  • the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of a primary cell
  • the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of a secondary cell
  • the processing unit 1401 is further configured to:
  • processing unit 1401 is further configured to:
  • processing unit 1401 is further configured to:
  • the terminal device may be used to implement the steps performed by the terminal device in the information sending and receiving method of the present application.
  • the terminal device may be used to implement the steps performed by the terminal device in the information sending and receiving method of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 a schematic diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application, which may be a network device, may perform the method performed by the network device in any of the foregoing embodiments.
  • the network device 1500 includes at least one processor 1501, a transceiver 1502, and optionally a memory 1503.
  • the processor 1501, the transceiver 1502, and the memory 1503 are connected to each other.
  • the processor 1501 can be a general purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the program of the embodiments of the present application. .
  • CPU general purpose central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the transceiver 1502 is configured to communicate with other devices or communication networks, and the transceiver includes a radio frequency circuit.
  • the memory 1503 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other type of static storage device random access memory (RAM) that can store static information and instructions or other types of information and instructions that can store information.
  • the dynamic storage device may also be an electrically erasable programmabler-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, or a disc storage (including Compressed optical discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer Any other medium, but not limited to this.
  • the memory 1503 may exist independently and be coupled to the processor 1501.
  • the memory 1503 can also be integrated with the processor.
  • the memory 1503 is configured to store application code that executes an embodiment of the present application, and is controlled to be executed by the processor 1501.
  • the processor 1501 is configured to execute application code stored in
  • the processor 1501 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG.
  • network device 1500 can include multiple processors, such as processor 1501 and processor 1508 in FIG.
  • processors may be a single-CPU processor or a multi-core processor, where the processor may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or A processing core for processing data, such as computer program instructions.
  • the network device may be used to implement the steps performed by the network device in the information sending and receiving method of the present application.
  • the network device may be used to implement the steps performed by the network device in the information sending and receiving method of the present application.
  • the application may divide the functional modules of the network device according to the foregoing method example.
  • each functional module may be divided according to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules.
  • the division of modules in the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and may be further divided in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 16 shows a schematic diagram of a device, which may be the network device involved in the above embodiment, and the device includes a processing unit 1601 and a communication unit 1602.
  • the processing unit 1601 is configured to determine indication information, where the indication information indicates a timing adjustment parameter, where the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the second uplink carrier,
  • the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the first radio access technology
  • the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the second radio access technology
  • the communication unit 1602 is configured to send the indication information determined by the processing unit 1601 to the terminal device.
  • the second uplink carrier includes at least two second uplink carriers, and the at least two second uplink carriers belong to the same cell.
  • the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the at least two second uplink carriers.
  • the at least two second uplink carriers include at least one TDD carrier and at least one SUL carrier.
  • the first uplink carrier is a carrier of a primary cell
  • the second uplink carrier is a carrier of a secondary cell
  • the communication unit 1602 When the communication unit 1602 sends the indication information to the terminal device, specifically, the communication unit 1602 is configured to:
  • the first radio access technology is LTE
  • the second radio access technology is NR.
  • the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of a primary cell
  • the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of a secondary cell
  • the processing unit 1601 is further configured to:
  • the communication unit 1602 is configured to send a downlink reference signal to the terminal device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to the same cell.
  • processing unit 1601 is further configured to:
  • the communication unit 1602 is configured to send a downlink reference signal to the terminal device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of the first radio access technology, and the first downlink carrier is used. And the first uplink carrier belongs to the same cell.
  • processing unit 1601 is further configured to:
  • the network device may be used to implement the steps performed by the network device in the method for sending and receiving information in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device may be used to implement the steps performed by the network device in the method for sending and receiving information in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions for the network device or the terminal device, which includes program code for executing the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the application can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product.
  • the present application can take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment in combination of software and hardware.
  • the application can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
  • the computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device.
  • the apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device.
  • the instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A method and device for transmitting and receiving information, the method comprising: receiving by a terminal device indication information from a network device, the indication information indicating a timing adjustment parameter, and the timing adjustment parameter being used for the terminal device to determine a transmit timing on a first uplink carrier and a second uplink carrier, wherein the first uplink carrier refers to an upper carrier of a radio access technology and wherein the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of a second radio access technology; and determining by the terminal device the timing adjustment parameter according to the indication information. The timing adjustment parameter transmitted by the terminal device by means of the network device is used to determine a transmit timing on multiple uplink carriers, so as to ensure that the terminal device maintains the same transmit timing on multiple uplink carriers, thus effectively using uplink resources and avoiding resource waste.

Description

一种信息发送、接收的方法及装置Method and device for transmitting and receiving information
本申请要求在2017年11月17日提交中华人民共和国知识产权局、申请号为201711148388.X、发明名称为“一种信息发送、接收的方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。以及要求在2018年01月12日提交中华人民共和国知识产权局、申请号为201810032219.8、发明名称为“一种信息发送、接收的方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application filed on November 17, 2017, submitted to the Intellectual Property Office of the People's Republic of China, application number 201711148388.X, and the invention name is "a method and device for sending and receiving information". The content is incorporated herein by reference. And the priority of the Chinese patent application filed on January 12, 2018, submitted to the Intellectual Property Office of the People's Republic of China, application number 201810032219.8, and the invention name is "a method and device for sending and receiving information", the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference. Combined in this application.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及无线通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种信息发送、接收的方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of wireless communications technologies, and in particular, to a method and an apparatus for transmitting and receiving information.
背景技术Background technique
在无线通信系统中,按照发送节点和接收节点种类的不同,可以将通信分为不同的类型。通常,将网络设备向终端设备发送信息称为下行通信,将终端设备向网络设备发送信息称为上行通信。在长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)/长期演进高级(long term evolution advanced,LTE-A)通信系统中,按照双工模式的不同主要可以分为频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)模式和时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)模式。In a wireless communication system, communication can be classified into different types depending on the type of the transmitting node and the receiving node. Generally, transmitting information to a terminal device by a network device is referred to as downlink communication, and transmitting information to the network device by the terminal device is referred to as uplink communication. In the long term evolution (LTE)/long term evolution advanced (LTE-A) communication system, the frequency division duplex (FDD) mode can be mainly divided according to the duplex mode. And time division duplex (TDD) mode.
对于工作在TDD模式下的无线通信系统,下行载波和上行载波为同一载波频率的载波。而在第五代(the 5th generation,5G)移动通信系统的新空口(new RAT,NR)技术中,可以应用上下行解耦技术,即除了可以使用TDD载波进行上、下行通信外,还可以使用一个额外的上行载波进行上行通信,该额外的上行载波通常被称为上行增补(supplementary uplink,SUL)载波,即NR的终端设备可以同时拥有两个上行载波进行上行通信。For a wireless communication system operating in TDD mode, the downlink carrier and the uplink carrier are carriers of the same carrier frequency. In the new RAT (NR) technology of the 5th generation (5G) mobile communication system, the uplink and downlink decoupling technology can be applied, that is, in addition to the TDD carrier for uplink and downlink communication, The uplink communication is performed by using an additional uplink carrier, which is generally referred to as a supplementary uplink (SUL) carrier. That is, the NR terminal device can have two uplink carriers simultaneously for uplink communication.
目前,针对LTE-NR双连接(dual connectivity,DC)模式下的终端设备,且NR上同时部署了一个NR TDD载波和一个SUL载波的情况,终端设备被配置了至少三个上行载波,包括LTE上行载波,NR TDD载波和NR SUL。终端设备在这三个上行载波上进行上行信号发送的定时需要相等,以最大化的保证终端设备上行的频谱效率,否则将导致上行资源的浪费。当终端设备在三个上行载波上发送上行信号的定时不相等时,则在某些时间段上,终端设备无法发送上行信号,从而导致上行资源的浪费。Currently, for a terminal device in the LTE-NR dual connectivity (DC) mode, and one NR TDD carrier and one SUL carrier are simultaneously deployed on the NR, the terminal device is configured with at least three uplink carriers, including LTE. Uplink carrier, NR TDD carrier and NR SUL. The timing of the uplink signal transmission by the terminal device on the three uplink carriers needs to be equal to ensure the uplink spectrum efficiency of the terminal device to be maximized, otherwise the uplink resources will be wasted. When the timings of the uplink signals sent by the terminal device on the three uplink carriers are not equal, the terminal device cannot send the uplink signal in some time periods, thereby causing waste of uplink resources.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种信息发送、接收的方法及装置,避免出现因终端设备在多个上行载波上的发送定时不相等导致上行资源浪费的情况。The present application provides a method and an apparatus for transmitting and receiving information, so as to avoid a situation in which uplink resources are wasted due to unequal transmission timings of terminal devices on multiple uplink carriers.
第一方面,本申请提供一种信息发送的方法,包括:In a first aspect, the application provides a method for sending information, including:
终端设备从网络设备接收指示信息,所述指示信息指示定时调整参数,其中,所述定时调整参数用于所述终端设备确定在第一上行载波上和在第二上行载波上的发送定时,所述第一上行载波为第一无线接入技术的上行载波,所述第二上行载波为第二无线接入技术的上行载波,所述终端设备根据所述指示信息确定所述定时调整参数。The terminal device receives the indication information from the network device, where the indication information indicates a timing adjustment parameter, where the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the second uplink carrier, where The first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the first radio access technology, the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the second radio access technology, and the terminal device determines the timing adjustment parameter according to the indication information.
终端设备通过网络设备发送的一个定时调整参数用于确定在多个上行载波上的发送定时,从而保证终端设备在多个上行载波上维持相同的发送定时,可以有效利用上行资源, 避免资源浪费。A timing adjustment parameter sent by the terminal device by using the network device is used to determine the transmission timing on the multiple uplink carriers, so as to ensure that the terminal device maintains the same transmission timing on multiple uplink carriers, and can effectively utilize uplink resources to avoid resource waste.
一种可能的设计中,所述第二上行载波包括至少两个第二上行载波,所述至少两个第二上行载波属于同一个小区;所述定时调整参数用于所述终端设备确定在第一上行载波上和在所述至少两个第二上行载波上的发送定时。In a possible design, the second uplink carrier includes at least two second uplink carriers, and the at least two second uplink carriers belong to the same cell; the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine Transmission timing on an uplink carrier and on the at least two second uplink carriers.
终端设备通过接收网络设备发送的一条指示信息确定对应于同一无线接入技术中同一个小区的多个上行载波的发送定时,可以有效利用上行资源。The terminal device determines the transmission timing of the multiple uplink carriers corresponding to the same cell in the same radio access technology by receiving an indication information sent by the network device, and can effectively utilize the uplink resource.
一种可能的设计中,所述至少两个第二上行载波包括至少一个TDD载波和至少一个SUL载波。In a possible design, the at least two second uplink carriers comprise at least one TDD carrier and at least one SUL carrier.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一上行载波为主小区的载波,所述第二上行载波为辅小区的载波;所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收所述指示信息,包括:所述终端设备在第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收所述指示信息,其中,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一小区,或者所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一无线接入技术。In a possible design, the first uplink carrier is a carrier of a primary cell, and the second uplink carrier is a carrier of a secondary cell, and the terminal device receives the indication information from the network device, including: The terminal device receives the indication information from the network device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to the same cell, or the first downlink carrier and the The first uplink carrier belongs to the same radio access technology.
终端设备通过主小区的下行载波接收网络设备发送的指示信息,可以通过一条指示信息得到确定属于同一无线接入技术的多个上行载波的发送定时。The terminal device receives the indication information sent by the network device by using the downlink carrier of the primary cell, and can obtain the transmission timing of the multiple uplink carriers that belong to the same radio access technology by using one indication information.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一无线接入技术为LTE,所述第二无线接入技术为NR。In a possible design, the first radio access technology is LTE, and the second radio access technology is NR.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一上行载波为主小区的上行载波,所述第二上行载波为辅小区的上行载波,所述方法还包括:所述终端设备在第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收下行参考信号,其中,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一个小区,所述终端设备根据所述下行参考信号确定在所述第二上行载波上向所述网络设备发送上行信号的功率。In a possible design, the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the primary cell, and the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the secondary cell, the method further includes: the terminal device is on the first downlink carrier Receiving, by the network device, a downlink reference signal, where the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to the same cell, and the terminal device determines, according to the downlink reference signal, the second uplink carrier. The power of the uplink signal is sent to the network device.
终端设备通过主小区的下行载波接收网络设备发送的下行参考信号,可以通过该主小区的下行参考信号确定在辅小区的上行载波上向网络设备发送上行信号的功率,避免出现终端设备根据辅小区的下行参考信号无法确定出在辅小区的上行载波上向网络设备发送上行信号的功率的情况。The terminal device receives the downlink reference signal sent by the network device by using the downlink carrier of the primary cell, and determines, by using the downlink reference signal of the primary cell, the power of sending the uplink signal to the network device on the uplink carrier of the secondary cell, so as to avoid the terminal device according to the secondary cell. The downlink reference signal cannot determine the power of transmitting the uplink signal to the network device on the uplink carrier of the secondary cell.
一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:所述终端设备在第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收下行参考信号,其中,所述第一下行载波为第一无线接入技术的下行载波,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一个小区,所述终端设备根据所述下行参考信号确定在所述第二上行载波上向所述网络设备发送上行信号的功率。In a possible design, the method further includes: the terminal device receiving a downlink reference signal from the network device on a first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier is a first radio access technology The downlink carrier, the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to the same cell, and the terminal device determines, according to the downlink reference signal, to send an uplink signal to the network device on the second uplink carrier. Power.
终端设备通过第一无线接入技术的下行载波接收网络设备发送的下行参考信号,可以通过该第一无线接入技术的下行参考信号确定在第二无线接入技术的上行载波上向网络设备发送上行信号的功率,避免出现终端设备根据第二无线接入技术的下行参考信号无法确定出在第二无线接入技术的上行载波上向网络设备发送上行信号的功率的情况。The terminal device receives the downlink reference signal sent by the network device by using the downlink carrier of the first radio access technology, and determines that the downlink reference signal of the first radio access technology is used to send the uplink carrier on the second radio access technology to the network device. The power of the uplink signal prevents the terminal device from determining, according to the downlink reference signal of the second radio access technology, the power of transmitting the uplink signal to the network device on the uplink carrier of the second radio access technology.
一种可能的设计中,所述方法包括:所述终端设备在第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收下行参考信号,其中,所述第一下行载波为所述第一无线接入技术的下行载波,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于不同的小区,所述终端设备根据所述下行参考信号确定在所述第二上行载波上向所述网络设备发送上行信号的功率。In a possible design, the method includes: the terminal device receiving a downlink reference signal from the network device on a first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier is the first wireless access a downlink carrier of the technology, the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to different cells, and the terminal device determines, according to the downlink reference signal, sending an uplink to the network device on the second uplink carrier. The power of the signal.
第二方面,本申请提供一种信息发送的方法,包括:In a second aspect, the application provides a method for sending information, including:
网络设备确定指示信息,所述指示信息指示定时调整参数,其中,所述定时调整参数用于终端设备确定在第一上行载波上和在第二上行载波上的发送定时,所述第一上行载波为第一无线接入技术的上行载波,所述第二上行载波为第二无线接入技术的上行载波;The network device determines indication information, where the indication information indicates a timing adjustment parameter, where the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the second uplink carrier, the first uplink carrier An uplink carrier of the first radio access technology, where the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the second radio access technology;
所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送所述指示信息。The network device sends the indication information to the terminal device.
一种可能的设计中,所述第二上行载波包括至少两个第二上行载波,所述至少两个第二上行载波属于同一个小区;In a possible design, the second uplink carrier includes at least two second uplink carriers, and the at least two second uplink carriers belong to the same cell;
所述定时调整参数用于所述终端设备确定在第一上行载波上和在所述至少两个第二上行载波上的发送定时。The timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the at least two second uplink carriers.
一种可能的设计中,所述至少两个第二上行载波包括至少一个TDD载波和至少一个SUL载波。In a possible design, the at least two second uplink carriers comprise at least one TDD carrier and at least one SUL carrier.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一上行载波为主小区的载波,所述第二上行载波为辅小区的载波;In a possible design, the first uplink carrier is a carrier of a primary cell, and the second uplink carrier is a carrier of a secondary cell;
所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送所述指示信息,包括:The sending, by the network device, the indication information to the terminal device, including:
所述网络设备在第一下行载波上向所述终端设备发送所述指示信息,其中,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一小区,或者所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一无线接入技术。The network device sends the indication information to the terminal device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to the same cell, or the first downlink carrier And the first uplink carrier belongs to the same radio access technology.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一无线接入技术为LTE,所述第二无线接入技术为NR。In a possible design, the first radio access technology is LTE, and the second radio access technology is NR.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一上行载波为主小区的上行载波,所述第二上行载波为辅小区的上行载波,所述方法还包括:In a possible design, the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the primary cell, and the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the secondary cell, and the method further includes:
所述网络设备在第一下行载波上向所述终端设备发送下行参考信号,其中,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一个小区。The network device sends a downlink reference signal to the terminal device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to the same cell.
一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:In a possible design, the method further includes:
所述网络设备在第一下行载波上向所述终端设备发送下行参考信号,其中,所述第一下行载波为第一无线接入技术的下行载波,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一个小区。The network device sends a downlink reference signal to the terminal device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of the first radio access technology, and the first downlink carrier and the downlink carrier The first uplink carrier belongs to the same cell.
一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:In a possible design, the method further includes:
所述网络设备在第一下行载波上向所述网络设备发送下行参考信号,其中,所述第一下行载波为所述第一无线接入技术的下行载波,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于不同的小区。The network device sends a downlink reference signal to the network device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of the first radio access technology, and the first downlink carrier And the first uplink carrier belongs to a different cell.
第三方面,本申请提供一种信息发送的方法,包括:In a third aspect, the application provides a method for sending information, including:
网络设备确定下行参考信号,其中,所述下行参考信号用于终端设备确定在第一上行载波上向网络设备发送上行信号的功率;Determining, by the network device, a downlink reference signal, where the downlink reference signal is used by the terminal device to determine, according to the first uplink carrier, the power of sending the uplink signal to the network device;
所述网络设备在第一下行载波上向所述终端设备发送下行参考信号,其中,所述第一下行载波和所述第一上行载波属于不同的小区。The network device sends a downlink reference signal to the terminal device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to different cells.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一下行载波为主小区的下行载波,所述第一上行载波为辅小区的上行载波。In a possible design, the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of a primary cell, and the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of a secondary cell.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一下行载波为第一无线接入技术的下行载波,所述第一上行载波为所述第二无线接入技术的上行载波。In a possible design, the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of the first radio access technology, and the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the second radio access technology.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一无线接入技术为LTE,所述第二无线接入技术为NR。In a possible design, the first radio access technology is LTE, and the second radio access technology is NR.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一上行载波与第二上行载波和第二下行载波属于同一个小区。In a possible design, the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier and the second downlink carrier belong to the same cell.
一种可能的设计中,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送指示信息,所述指示信息指示所述终端设备根据所述下行参考信号确定在所述第一上行载波上向所述网络设备发送上 行信号的功率,或者,所述指示信息指示所述终端设备不使用所述下行参考信号确定在所述第一上行载波上向所述网络设备发送上行信号的功率。In a possible design, the network device sends the indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information indicates that the terminal device determines to send to the network device on the first uplink carrier according to the downlink reference signal. The power of the uplink signal, or the indication information indicates that the terminal device does not use the downlink reference signal to determine the power of transmitting the uplink signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier.
一种可能的设计中,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于所述终端设备确定所述下行参考信号。In a possible design, the network device sends second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the downlink reference signal.
一种可能的设计中,所述第二指示信息包括所述下行参考信号对应的资源信息,序列信息,功率信息中的至少一个。In a possible design, the second indication information includes at least one of resource information, sequence information, and power information corresponding to the downlink reference signal.
第四方面,本申请提供一种信息接收的方法,包括:In a fourth aspect, the application provides a method for receiving information, including:
终端设备在第一下行载波上从网络设备接收下行参考信号,其中,所述下行参考信号用于所述终端设备确定在第一上行载波上向所述网络设备发送上行信号的功率;The terminal device receives the downlink reference signal from the network device on the first downlink carrier, where the downlink reference signal is used by the terminal device to determine the power of sending the uplink signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier;
所述终端设备根据所述下行参考信号确定在所述第一上行载波上向所述网络设备发送上行信号的功率。Determining, by the terminal device, the power of sending an uplink signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier according to the downlink reference signal.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于不同的小区;In a possible design, the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to different cells;
一种可能的设计中,所述第一下行载波为主小区的下行载波,所述第一上行载波为辅小区的上行载波。In a possible design, the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of a primary cell, and the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of a secondary cell.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一下行载波为第一无线接入技术的下行载波,所述第一上行载波为所述第二无线接入技术的上行载波。In a possible design, the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of the first radio access technology, and the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the second radio access technology.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一无线接入技术为LTE,所述第二无线接入技术为NR。In a possible design, the first radio access technology is LTE, and the second radio access technology is NR.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一上行载波与第二上行载波和第二下行载波属于同一个小区。In a possible design, the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier and the second downlink carrier belong to the same cell.
一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示所述终端设备根据所述下行参考信号确定在所述第一上行载波上向所述网络设备发送上行信号的功率,或者,所述第一指示信息指示所述终端设备不使用所述下行参考信号确定在所述第一上行载波上向所述网络设备发送上行信号的功率。In a possible design, the terminal device receives the first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information indicates that the terminal device determines, according to the downlink reference signal, that the first uplink carrier is located The power of the uplink signal is sent by the network device, or the first indication information indicates that the terminal device does not use the downlink reference signal to determine the power of sending the uplink signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier.
一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于所述终端设备确定所述下行参考信号。In a possible design, the terminal device receives second indication information from the network device, where the second indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the downlink reference signal.
一种可能的设计中,所述第二指示信息包括所述下行参考信号对应的资源信息,序列信息或功率信息中的至少一个。In a possible design, the second indication information includes at least one of resource information, sequence information, or power information corresponding to the downlink reference signal.
第五方面,本申请提供一种信息接收的方法,包括:In a fifth aspect, the application provides a method for receiving information, including:
终端设备接收网络设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息包括定时调整参数;所述定时调整参数用于所述终端设备确定在第一上行载波上和在第二上行载波上的发送定时;The terminal device receives the indication information sent by the network device, where the indication information includes a timing adjustment parameter, where the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the second uplink carrier;
所述终端设备根据所述指示信息确定所述定时调整参数。The terminal device determines the timing adjustment parameter according to the indication information.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一上行载波和所述第二上行载波为同一小区内的上行载波。In a possible design, the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier are uplink carriers in the same cell.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一上行载波为TDD载波,所述第二上行载波为SUL载波;In a possible design, the first uplink carrier is a TDD carrier, and the second uplink carrier is a SUL carrier;
所述定时调整参数用于所述终端设备确定所述TDD载波和所述SUL载波上的发送定时。The timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the TDD carrier and the SUL carrier.
一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备在所述第一上行载波上向所述网络设备发送随机接入信号的第一定时与所述终端设备在所述第二上行载波上向所述网络设备发送随机接入信号的第二定时相等。In a possible design, the terminal device sends a first access timing of the random access signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier, and the terminal device sends the random access signal to the network on the second uplink carrier. The second timing of the device transmitting the random access signal is equal.
一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备在所述第一上行载波上向所述网络设备发送随机接入信号的第一定时相对于在第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收下行信号的第三定时的 第一定时偏移值,与所述终端设备在所述第二上行载波上向所述网络设备发送随机接入信号的第二定时相对于在所述第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收下行信号的所述第三定时的第二定时偏移值相等,其中,所述第一下行载波为与所述第一上行载波为TDD载波,且所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波相关联。In a possible design, the first timing of the terminal device transmitting a random access signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier is opposite to receiving a downlink signal from the network device on a first downlink carrier. a first timing offset value of the third timing, and a second timing of the random access signal sent by the terminal device to the network device on the second uplink carrier with respect to the first downlink carrier The second timing offset value of the third timing of receiving the downlink signal from the network device is equal, where the first downlink carrier is a TDD carrier with the first uplink carrier, and the first downlink A row carrier is associated with the first uplink carrier.
一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备在所述第一上行载波上向所述网络设备发送随机接入信号的第一定时与所述终端设备在所述第二上行载波上向所述网络设备发送随机接入信号的第二定时不相等。In a possible design, the terminal device sends a first access timing of the random access signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier, and the terminal device sends the random access signal to the network on the second uplink carrier. The second timing at which the device sends the random access signal is not equal.
一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备在所述第一上行载波上向所述网络设备发送随机接入信号的第一定时相对于在第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收下行信号的第三定时的第一定时偏移值,与所述终端设备在所述第二上行载波上向所述网络设备发送随机接入信号的第二定时相对于在所述第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收下行信号的所述第三定时的第二定时偏移值不相等,其中,所述第一下行载波为与所述第一上行载波为TDD载波,且所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波相关联。In a possible design, the first timing of the terminal device transmitting a random access signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier is opposite to receiving a downlink signal from the network device on a first downlink carrier. a first timing offset value of the third timing, and a second timing of the random access signal sent by the terminal device to the network device on the second uplink carrier with respect to the first downlink carrier The second timing offset value of the third timing of receiving the downlink signal from the network device is not equal, where the first downlink carrier is a TDD carrier with the first uplink carrier, and the first A downlink carrier is associated with the first uplink carrier.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一偏移值大于0,所述第二偏移值等于0。In one possible design, the first offset value is greater than zero and the second offset value is equal to zero.
第六方面,本申请提供一种信息发送的方法,包括:In a sixth aspect, the application provides a method for sending information, including:
网络设备确定指示信息,所述指示信息包括定时调整参数;所述定时调整参数用于终端设备确定在第一上行载波上和在第二上行载波上的发送定时;The network device determines indication information, where the indication information includes a timing adjustment parameter, where the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the second uplink carrier;
所述网络设备向终端设备发送所述指示信息。The network device sends the indication information to the terminal device.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一上行载波和所述第二上行载波为同一小区内的上行载波。In a possible design, the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier are uplink carriers in the same cell.
一种可能的设计中,所述第一上行载波为TDD载波,所述第二上行载波为SUL载波;In a possible design, the first uplink carrier is a TDD carrier, and the second uplink carrier is a SUL carrier;
所述定时调整参数用于指示所述终端设备确定所述TDD载波和所述SUL载波上的发送定时。The timing adjustment parameter is used to instruct the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the TDD carrier and the SUL carrier.
第七方面,本申请提供一种信息发送的方法,包括:In a seventh aspect, the application provides a method for sending information, including:
终端设备确定对应于目标上行载波的功率信息,其中,所述目标上行载波为第一上行载波或第二上行载波中的一个;The terminal device determines power information corresponding to the target uplink carrier, where the target uplink carrier is one of the first uplink carrier or the second uplink carrier;
所述终端设备向网络设备发送该功率信息和指示信息,其中,所述指示信息用于指示该目标上行载波。The terminal device sends the power information and the indication information to the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate the target uplink carrier.
在一种可能的设计中,所述功率信息包括第一功率与第二功率的差,所述第一功率包括所述终端设备的最大发送功率,所述第二功率包括所述终端设备估计的上行信号发送功率。In a possible design, the power information includes a difference between a first power and a second power, the first power includes a maximum transmit power of the terminal device, and the second power includes an estimated by the terminal device. Uplink signal transmission power.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一上行载波和所述第二上行载波属于同一小区。In a possible design, the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier belong to the same cell.
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备将所述功率信息和所述指示信息携带在同一消息中发送给所述网络设备。In a possible design, the terminal device carries the power information and the indication information in the same message and sends the information to the network device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述指示信息包括1比特,在所述比特为0的情况下,所述指示信息指示所述第一上行载波,所述比特为1的情况下,所述指示信息指示所述第二上行载波。In a possible design, the indication information includes 1 bit, and when the bit is 0, the indication information indicates the first uplink carrier, and if the bit is 1, the indication The information indicates the second uplink carrier.
在一种可能的设计中,所述指示信息隐式的包含在所述功率信息中。In one possible design, the indication information is implicitly included in the power information.
第八方面,本申请提供一种信息接收的方法,包括:In an eighth aspect, the application provides a method for receiving information, including:
网络设备从终端设备接收功率信息和指示信息,其中,所述指示信息用于指示目标上行载波,所述目标上行载波为第一上行载波或第二上行载波中的一个;The network device receives the power information and the indication information from the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate the target uplink carrier, and the target uplink carrier is one of the first uplink carrier or the second uplink carrier;
所述网络设备根据所述指示信息确定所述功率信息对应的所述目标上行载波。Determining, by the network device, the target uplink carrier corresponding to the power information according to the indication information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述功率信息包括第一功率与第二功率的差,所述第一功率包括所述终端设备的最大发送功率,所述第二功率包括所述终端设备估计的上行信号发送功率。In a possible design, the power information includes a difference between a first power and a second power, the first power includes a maximum transmit power of the terminal device, and the second power includes an estimated by the terminal device. Uplink signal transmission power.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一功率包括所述终端设备对应于所述目标上行载波的最大发送功率,所述第二功率包括所述终端设备估计的在所述目标上行载波上的信号发送功率。In a possible design, the first power includes a maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the target uplink carrier, and the second power includes a signal estimated by the terminal device on the target uplink carrier. Transmit power.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一上行载波和所述第二上行载波属于同一小区。In a possible design, the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier belong to the same cell.
在一种可能的设计中,所述网络设备在同一消息中从所述网络设备接收所述功率信息和所述指示信息。In one possible design, the network device receives the power information and the indication information from the network device in the same message.
在一种可能的设计中,所述指示信息包括1比特,在所述比特为0的情况下,所述指示信息指示所述第一上行载波,所述比特为1的情况下,所述指示信息指示所述第二上行载波。In a possible design, the indication information includes 1 bit, and when the bit is 0, the indication information indicates the first uplink carrier, and if the bit is 1, the indication The information indicates the second uplink carrier.
在一种可能的设计中,所述指示信息隐式的包含在所述功率信息中。In one possible design, the indication information is implicitly included in the power information.
第九方面,本申请提供一种信息发送的方法,包括:In a ninth aspect, the application provides a method for sending information, including:
网络设备确定对应于第一终端设备的功率控制信息和对应于所述第一终端设备的指示信息,所述功率控制信息用于所述第一终端设备确定上行发送功率,所述指示信息用于指示目标上行载波,所述目标上行载波为第一上行载波或第二上行载波中的一个;Determining, by the network device, power control information corresponding to the first terminal device and indication information corresponding to the first terminal device, where the power control information is used by the first terminal device to determine uplink transmit power, where the indication information is used Indicate a target uplink carrier, where the target uplink carrier is one of a first uplink carrier or a second uplink carrier;
所述网络设备将所述功率控制信息和所述指示信息携带在一个下行控制信息中发送给所述第一终端设备。The network device carries the power control information and the indication information in a downlink control information and sends the information to the first terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述下行控制信息还包括对应于第二终端设备的功率控制信息,所述网络设备将所述下行控制信息发送给所述第二终端设备。In a possible design, the downlink control information further includes power control information corresponding to the second terminal device, and the network device sends the downlink control information to the second terminal device.
第十方面,本申请提供一种信息接收的方法,包括:In a tenth aspect, the application provides a method for receiving information, including:
终端设备从网络设备接收功率控制信息和指示信息,其中,所述功率控制信息用于指示所述终端设备确定在目标上行载波上的发送功率,所述目标上行载波为第一上行载波或第二上行载波中的一个,所述指示信息用于指示所述目标上行载波;The terminal device receives the power control information and the indication information from the network device, where the power control information is used to instruct the terminal device to determine the transmit power on the target uplink carrier, where the target uplink carrier is the first uplink carrier or the second One of the uplink carriers, where the indication information is used to indicate the target uplink carrier;
所述终端设备根据所述指示信息确定所述功率控制信息对应的所述目标上行载波。Determining, by the terminal device, the target uplink carrier corresponding to the power control information according to the indication information.
第十一方面,本申请的实施例提供一种信息接收装置,该装置可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备内的芯片。该装置具有实现上述第一方面、第四方面、第五方面、第七方面和第十方面的各实施例的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an information receiving apparatus, which may be a terminal device or a chip in a terminal device. The apparatus has the functions of implementing the various embodiments of the first, fourth, fifth, seventh and tenth aspects described above. This function can be implemented in hardware or in hardware by executing the corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
在一种可能的设计中,当该装置为终端设备时,终端设备包括:处理单元和通信单元,处理单元例如可以是处理器,通信单元例如可以是收发器,收发器包括射频电路,可选地,终端设备还包括存储单元,该存储单元例如可以是存储器。当终端设备包括存储单元时,该存储单元存储有计算机执行指令,该处理单元与该存储单元连接,该处理单元执行该存储单元存储的计算机执行指令,以使该终端设备执行上述第一方面、第四方面、第五方面、第七方面和第十方面任意一项的信息接收的方法。In a possible design, when the device is a terminal device, the terminal device includes: a processing unit and a communication unit, the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, the communication unit may be, for example, a transceiver, and the transceiver includes a radio frequency circuit, optionally The terminal device further includes a storage unit, which may be, for example, a memory. When the terminal device includes a storage unit, the storage unit stores a computer execution instruction, and the processing unit is connected to the storage unit, and the processing unit executes a computer execution instruction stored by the storage unit, so that the terminal device performs the first aspect, A method of information reception according to any of the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, the seventh aspect, and the tenth aspect.
在另一种可能的设计中,当该装置为终端设备内的芯片时,芯片包括:处理单元和通信单元,处理单元例如可以是处理器,通信单元例如可以是输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。该处理单元可执行存储单元存储的计算机执行指令,以使上述第一方面、第四方面、第五 方面、第七方面和第十方面任意一项的信息接收的方法被执行。可选地,存储单元为芯片内的存储单元,如寄存器、缓存等,存储单元还可以是终端设备内的位于芯片外部的存储单元,如只读存储器、可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备、随机存取存储器等。In another possible design, when the device is a chip in the terminal device, the chip comprises: a processing unit and a communication unit, the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the communication unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin or Circuits, etc. The processing unit may execute a computer-executed instruction stored by the storage unit to cause the method of receiving information of any of the first aspect, the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, the seventh aspect, and the tenth aspect described above to be performed. Optionally, the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit may also be a storage unit located outside the chip in the terminal device, such as a read-only memory, other types that can store static information and instructions. Static storage devices, random access memories, and the like.
第十二方面,本申请提供一种信息发送装置,该装置可以是网络设备,也可以是网络设备内的芯片。该装置具有实现上述第二方面、第三方面、第六方面、第八方面和第九方面的各实施例的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a twelfth aspect, the present application provides an information sending apparatus, which may be a network device or a chip in a network device. The apparatus has the functions of implementing the embodiments of the second, third, sixth, eighth and ninth aspects described above. This function can be implemented in hardware or in hardware by executing the corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
在一种可能的设计中,当该装置为网络设备时,网络设备包括:处理单元和通信单元,处理单元例如可以是处理器,通信单元例如可以是收发器,收发器包括射频电路,可选地,网络设备还包括存储单元,该存储单元例如可以是存储器。当网络设备包括存储单元时,该存储单元存储有计算机执行指令,该处理单元与该存储单元连接,该处理单元执行该存储单元存储的计算机执行指令,以使该终端设备执行上述第二方面、第三方面、第六方面、第八方面和第九方面任意一项的信息发送的方法。In a possible design, when the device is a network device, the network device includes: a processing unit and a communication unit, the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, the communication unit may be, for example, a transceiver, and the transceiver includes a radio frequency circuit, optionally The network device also includes a storage unit, which may be, for example, a memory. When the network device includes a storage unit, the storage unit stores a computer execution instruction, and the processing unit is connected to the storage unit, and the processing unit executes a computer execution instruction stored by the storage unit, so that the terminal device performs the second aspect, A method of transmitting information according to any of the third aspect, the sixth aspect, the eighth aspect, and the ninth aspect.
在另一种可能的设计中,当该装置为网络设备内的芯片时,芯片包括:处理单元和通信单元,处理单元例如可以是处理器,通信单元例如可以是输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。该处理单元可执行存储单元存储的计算机执行指令,以使上述第二方面、第三方面、第六方面、第八方面和第九方面任意一项的信息发送的方法被执行。可选地,存储单元为芯片内的存储单元,如寄存器、缓存等,存储单元还可以是网络设备内的位于芯片外部的存储单元,如只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)等。In another possible design, when the device is a chip in a network device, the chip comprises: a processing unit and a communication unit, the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the communication unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin or Circuits, etc. The processing unit may execute a computer-executed instruction stored by the storage unit to cause the method of transmitting information of any of the second aspect, the third aspect, the sixth aspect, the eighth aspect, and the ninth aspect to be performed. Optionally, the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit may also be a storage unit outside the chip in the network device, such as a read-only memory (ROM), and may be stored. Other types of static storage devices, random access memory (RAM), etc. for static information and instructions.
其中,上述任一处提到的处理器,可以是一个通用的中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制执行上述第一方面、第四方面、第五方面、第七方面和第十方面的信息接收的方法的程序的集成电路。The processor mentioned in any of the above may be a general central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more An integrated circuit for controlling a program for performing the method of information reception of the first aspect, the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, the seventh aspect, and the tenth aspect.
其中,上述任一处提到的处理器,可以是一个通用的中央处理器,微处理器,特定应用集成电路,或一个或多个用于控制执行上述第二方面、第三方面、第六方面、第八方面和第九方面的信息发送的方法的程序的集成电路。Wherein, the processor mentioned in any of the above may be a general-purpose central processing unit, a microprocessor, an application specific integrated circuit, or one or more for controlling the execution of the second aspect, the third aspect, and the sixth aspect. An integrated circuit of the program of the method of information transmission of the eighth aspect and the ninth aspect.
第十三方面,本申请的实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述各方面所述的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, embodiments of the present application further provide a computer readable storage medium having instructions stored in a computer, when executed on a computer, causing the computer to perform the method described in the above aspects .
第十四方面,本申请的实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述各方面所述的方法。In a fourteenth aspect, embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product comprising instructions that, when executed on a computer, cause the computer to perform the methods described in the various aspects above.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1为本申请提供的一种通信网络系统的结构示意图;1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication network system provided by the present application;
图2a至图2d分别为本申请提供的一种信息发送、接收的方法应用场景的示意图;2a to 2d are schematic diagrams showing an application scenario of a method for transmitting and receiving information according to the present application;
图3为本申请提供的一种下行发送的无线帧与用于上行接收的无线帧的示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of a downlink-transmitted radio frame and a radio frame for uplink reception according to the present application;
图4为本申请提供的一种发送定时对齐的场景示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of sending timing alignment provided by the present application;
图5为本申请提供的一种发送定时不对齐的场景示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a scenario in which transmission timing is not aligned according to the present application; FIG.
图6为本申请提供的一种信息发送、接收的方法的流程示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for sending and receiving information according to the present application;
图7为本申请提供的一种信息发送、接收的方法的流程示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for sending and receiving information according to the present application;
图8为本申请提供的一种功率控制的方法的流程示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for power control according to the present application; FIG.
图9为本申请提供的一种功率控制的方法的流程示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for power control provided by the present application;
图10为本申请提供的一种功率控制的方法的流程示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for power control provided by the present application;
图11为本申请提供的一种功率控制的方法的流程示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for power control according to the present application;
图12为本申请提供的一种功率控制的方法的流程示意图;12 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for power control provided by the present application;
图13为本申请提供的一种信息发送的装置的结构示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for transmitting information according to the present application;
图14为本申请提供的一种信息发送的装置的结构示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for transmitting information according to the present application; FIG.
图15为本申请提供的一种信息接收的装置的结构示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for receiving information according to the present application; FIG.
图16为本申请提供的一种信息接收的装置的结构示意图。FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for receiving information according to the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请提供的一种信息发送、接收的方法,该方法可以应用于通信网络系统中。参考图1所示,为本申请的实施例提供的一种可能的通信网络系统结构图。如图1所示,该通信网络系统包括网络设备101和多个终端设备102。该网络设备101和多个终端设备102可以通过空口协议进行通信。The present invention provides a method for transmitting and receiving information, which can be applied to a communication network system. Referring to FIG. 1, a structural diagram of a possible communication network system provided by an embodiment of the present application is shown. As shown in FIG. 1, the communication network system includes a network device 101 and a plurality of terminal devices 102. The network device 101 and the plurality of terminal devices 102 can communicate via an air interface protocol.
本申请中提到的网络设备101,是一种将终端接入到无线网络的设备,包括但不限于:演进型节点B(evolved node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved nodeB,或home node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)、基站(g nodeB,gNB)、传输点(transmitting and receiving point,TRP)、发射点(transmitting point,TP)、移动交换中心等,此外,还可以包括wifi接入点(access point,AP)等。The network device 101 mentioned in the present application is a device for accessing a terminal to a wireless network, including but not limited to: an evolved node B (eNB), a radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC). ), Node B (NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (eg, home evolved node B, or home node B, HNB), Baseband unit (BBU), base station (g nodeB, gNB), transmission and receiving point (TRP), transmitting point (TP), mobile switching center, etc. In addition, wifi access may also be included. Access point (AP), etc.
本申请中提到的终端设备102可以是一种具有无线收发功能的设备可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持、穿戴或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。所述终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、物联网(IoT)终端设备、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual Reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented Reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。本申请的实施例对应用场景不做限定。终端设备有时也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端设备、UE单元、UE站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端设备、移动设备、UE终端设备、终端设备、无线通信设备、UE代理或UE装置等。也就说与网络设备可以进行数据通信的设备都可以作为本申请中的终端设备,为了便于描述,可以使用UE来进行介绍。The terminal device 102 mentioned in the present application may be a device having a wireless transceiving function, which may be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable or on-board; or may be deployed on the water surface (such as a ship, etc.); Deployed in the air (such as airplanes, balloons, satellites, etc.). The terminal device may be a mobile phone, an Internet of Things (IoT) terminal device, a tablet (Pad), a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal equipment, wireless terminal in industrial control, wireless terminal in self driving, wireless terminal in remote medical, wireless terminal in smart grid, A wireless terminal in a transportation safety, a wireless terminal in a smart city, a wireless terminal in a smart home, and the like. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the application scenario. A terminal device may also be referred to as a user equipment (UE), an access terminal device, a UE unit, a UE station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal device, a mobile device, a UE terminal device, a terminal device, Wireless communication device, UE proxy or UE device, and the like. That is to say, the device that can communicate with the network device can be used as the terminal device in the present application. For the convenience of description, the UE can be used for introduction.
本申请中主要以图1所示意的系统架构为例进行介绍,但并不限于此,例如,本申请还可以适用于宏基站和微基站通信的系统架构中,具体不做限定。In the present application, the system architecture shown in FIG. 1 is taken as an example, but is not limited thereto. For example, the present application is also applicable to the system architecture of the macro base station and the micro base station communication, and is not limited thereto.
上述系统架构适用的通信系统包括但不限于:时分双工-长期演进(time division duplexing-long term evolution,TDD LTE)、频分双工-长期演进(frequency division duplexing- long term evolution,FDD LTE)、长期演进-增强(long term evolution-advanced,LTE-A),以及未来演进的各种无线通信系统(例如,新空口(new rat,NR)系统)。The communication system applicable to the above system architecture includes but is not limited to: time division duplexing-long term evolution (TDD LTE), frequency division duplexing-long term evolution (FDD LTE) Long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A), and various wireless communication systems (e.g., new rat (NR) systems) that evolve in the future.
以NR系统为例,终端设备可以使用上行增补(supplementary uplink,SUL)载波向网络设备发送上行信号。其中SUL载波是指仅有上行资源用于当前制式传输的载波,例如,在NR系统中,载波A仅用于NR的上行传输,该载波不用于下行传输或者载波A可以用于LTE通信系统的上行传输而不用于NR的下行传输,则该载波A为SUL载波。Taking the NR system as an example, the terminal device can send an uplink signal to the network device by using a uplink uplink (SUL) carrier. The SUL carrier refers to a carrier that has only uplink resources for the current standard transmission. For example, in the NR system, the carrier A is only used for uplink transmission of the NR, the carrier is not used for downlink transmission, or the carrier A can be used for the LTE communication system. For uplink transmission and not for downlink transmission of NR, the carrier A is a SUL carrier.
一种可能的场景中,参见图2a,网络设备101为NR的网络设备,该网络设备101部署两个用于终端设备102向该网络设备101发送信号的上行载波,分别为TDD载波(载波b1)和SUL载波(载波b2),这两个载波都可以用于该终端设备与该网络设备之间的上行通信。此时,该TDD载波和SUL载波属于同一个小区。In a possible scenario, referring to FIG. 2a, the network device 101 is a network device of the NR, and the network device 101 deploys two uplink carriers for the terminal device 102 to send signals to the network device 101, respectively, which are TDD carriers (carrier b1) And the SUL carrier (carrier b2), both of which can be used for uplink communication between the terminal device and the network device. At this time, the TDD carrier and the SUL carrier belong to the same cell.
另一种可能的场景中,参见图2b,网络设备101a和网络设备101b是属于两种不同的无线接入技术的网络设备,该网络设备101a和网络设备101b为共站的,终端设备102可以同时接入这两个网络设备。网络设备101a部署一个上行载波(a1),网络设备101b部署一个上行载波(a2)。例如,NR的网络设备和LTE的网络设备共站,终端设备102可以同时接入该NR和LTE的网络设备,终端设备102通过NR的上行载波向NR的网络设备发送上行信号,通过LTE的上行载波向LTE的网络设备发送上行信号。一种可能的实现方式是,终端设备采用时分双工的模式接入NR的网络设备,采用频分双工的模式接入LTE的网络设备。需要说明的是,终端设备可以采用双连接DC的方式接入NR和LTE的网络设备,也可以采用载波聚合CA的方式接入NR和LTE的网络设备,在现有技术中DC和CA的一个重要的区别点为终端设备采用DC模式时,该终端设备接入的多个载波分别有一个独立的媒体接入控制MAC层协议栈,而终端设备采用CA模式时,该终端设备多个载波共享唯一一个MAC层协议栈。随着无线通信技术的演进,DC和CA的定义及区别可以和现有技术相同,也可以不同。In another possible scenario, referring to FIG. 2b, the network device 101a and the network device 101b are network devices belonging to two different wireless access technologies, and the network device 101a and the network device 101b are co-located, and the terminal device 102 can Access both network devices at the same time. The network device 101a deploys an uplink carrier (a1), and the network device 101b deploys an uplink carrier (a2). For example, the network device of the NR and the network device of the LTE are co-located, and the terminal device 102 can access the network device of the NR and the LTE at the same time. The terminal device 102 sends an uplink signal to the network device of the NR through the uplink carrier of the NR, and uplinks through the LTE. The carrier transmits an uplink signal to the network device of the LTE. A possible implementation manner is that the terminal device accesses the NR network device in a time division duplex mode, and accesses the LTE network device in a frequency division duplex mode. It should be noted that the terminal device can access the NR and LTE network devices by means of dual-connected DC, or can access the NR and LTE network devices by using carrier aggregation CA. In the prior art, one of DC and CA The important difference is that when the terminal device adopts the DC mode, the multiple carriers accessed by the terminal device respectively have an independent media access control MAC layer protocol stack, and when the terminal device adopts the CA mode, the terminal device shares multiple carriers. The only MAC layer protocol stack. With the evolution of wireless communication technologies, the definitions and differences between DCs and CAs may be the same as or different from the prior art.
另一种可能的场景中,参见图2c,网络设备101a和网络设备101b属于两种不同无线接入技术的网络设备,该网络设备101a和网络设备101b为共站的,终端设备102可以同时接入这两个网络设备。网络设备101a部署一个上行载波,网络设备101b部署两个上行载波。例如,该网络设备101a可以为LTE的网络设备,该网络设备101b可以为NR的网络设备。LTE的网络设备部署一个LTE的UL载波(c1),NR的网络设备部署一个TDD载波(c2)和一个SUL载波(c3)。需要说明的是,在该场景中,NR的SUL载波与LTE的UL载波可以是相同频率的上行,即理解为NR的SUL载波和LTE的UL载波共享上行。例如,NR的UL载波和NR的DL载波的频率为3.5GHz,LTE的UL载波为1.75GHz,LTE的DL载波为1.85GHz,NR的SUL载波为1.75GHz。当然,NR的SUL载波和LTE的UL载波也可以是不同频率的上行。例如,NR的SUL载波的频率为700MHz,LTE的UL载波的频率为1.8GHz。In another possible scenario, referring to FIG. 2c, the network device 101a and the network device 101b belong to two different wireless access technologies, and the network device 101a and the network device 101b are co-located, and the terminal device 102 can be connected at the same time. Enter these two network devices. The network device 101a deploys one uplink carrier, and the network device 101b deploys two uplink carriers. For example, the network device 101a may be a network device of LTE, and the network device 101b may be a network device of the NR. The LTE network device deploys one LTE UL carrier (c1), and the NR network device deploys one TDD carrier (c2) and one SUL carrier (c3). It should be noted that, in this scenario, the SUL carrier of the NR and the UL carrier of the LTE may be uplinks of the same frequency, that is, the SUL carrier that is understood to be the NR and the UL carrier of the LTE share the uplink. For example, the frequency of the NR UL carrier and the NR DL carrier is 3.5 GHz, the LTE UL carrier is 1.75 GHz, the LTE DL carrier is 1.85 GHz, and the NR SUL carrier is 1.75 GHz. Of course, the SUL carrier of the NR and the UL carrier of the LTE may also be uplinks of different frequencies. For example, the frequency of the SUL carrier of the NR is 700 MHz, and the frequency of the UL carrier of the LTE is 1.8 GHz.
另一种可能的场景中,参见图2d,网络设备101a和网络设备101b属于不同无线接入技术的网络设备,该网络设备101a和网络设备101b为非共站的,具体的,该网络设备101a可以为LTE的网络设备,该网络设备101b可以为NR的网络设备。LTE的网络设备和NR的网络设备为物理位置上不同的两个网络设备,并且NR的网络设备部署NR的UL载波(d1)和NR的SUL载波(d2)用于上行传输,但是LTE与NR的SUL载波共站,NR的UL载波与NR的SUL载波或LTE为非共站。需要说明的是,在该场景中,NR的SUL 载波与LTE的UL载波可以是相同频率的上行,即理解为NR的SUL载波和LTE的UL载波共享上行。例如,NR的UL载波和NR的DL载波的频率为3.5GHz,LTE的UL载波为1.75GHz,LTE的DL载波为1.85GHz,NR的SUL载波为1.75GHz。当然,NR的SUL载波和LTE的UL载波也可以是不同频率的上行。例如,NR的SUL载波的频率为700MHz,LTE的UL载波的频率为1.75GHz。In another possible scenario, referring to FIG. 2d, the network device 101a and the network device 101b belong to network devices of different radio access technologies, and the network device 101a and the network device 101b are non-co-located. Specifically, the network device 101a It may be a network device of LTE, and the network device 101b may be a network device of the NR. The network device of LTE and the network device of NR are two network devices different in physical location, and the network device of NR deploys UL carrier (d1) of NR and SUL carrier (d2) of NR for uplink transmission, but LTE and NR The SUL carrier is co-located, the UL carrier of the NR is non-co-site with the SUL carrier of the NR or LTE. It should be noted that, in this scenario, the SUL carrier of the NR and the UL carrier of the LTE may be uplinks of the same frequency, that is, the SUL carrier that is understood to be the NR and the UL carrier of the LTE share the uplink. For example, the frequency of the NR UL carrier and the NR DL carrier is 3.5 GHz, the LTE UL carrier is 1.75 GHz, the LTE DL carrier is 1.85 GHz, and the NR SUL carrier is 1.75 GHz. Of course, the SUL carrier of the NR and the UL carrier of the LTE may also be uplinks of different frequencies. For example, the frequency of the SUL carrier of the NR is 700 MHz, and the frequency of the UL carrier of the LTE is 1.75 GHz.
在本申请中的定时可以理解为:发送设备发送信号的起始时刻(也可以是结束时刻),或者是接收设备接收信号的起始时刻(也可以是结束时刻)。为方便描述,下面以无线帧为例,当然,也可以是时隙、符号等其他类型的时间单元。The timing in the present application can be understood as the starting time (or the ending time) at which the transmitting device transmits a signal, or the starting time (or the ending time) at which the receiving device receives the signal. For convenience of description, a radio frame is taken as an example, and of course, other types of time units such as time slots and symbols may be used.
用于信号发送的定时通常可以理解为绝对时刻。终端设备在发送上行信号时,终端设备需要根据接收到的同步信号确定用于下行接收的无线帧的起始时刻,其中,该用于下行接收的无线帧的起始时刻可以作为一个基准点,进而根据该无线帧的起始时刻确定用于上行发送的无线帧的起始时刻。此时,可以将该用于上行发送的无线帧的起始时刻认为是定时,该定时为绝对时刻。之后该终端设备根据该定时进行上行信号的发送。The timing for signal transmission can generally be understood as an absolute time. When the terminal device sends the uplink signal, the terminal device needs to determine the start time of the radio frame for downlink reception according to the received synchronization signal, where the start time of the radio frame for downlink reception can be used as a reference point. Further, the start time of the radio frame for uplink transmission is determined according to the start time of the radio frame. At this time, the start time of the radio frame for uplink transmission can be regarded as timing, and the timing is an absolute time. The terminal device then transmits the uplink signal according to the timing.
应理解,定时可以理解为一个个时间点。换句话说,一个定时可以包括多个时间点(多个时刻)。若该多个时刻包括至少三个时刻,该至少三个时刻呈等间隔排列。例如,假设将终端设备用于下行接收的无线帧的起始时刻作为参考时刻,记为0毫秒(millisecond,ms),一个无线帧的长度记为10ms,该终端设备用于下行接收的无线帧的定时可以包括0ms,10ms,20ms,…,多个时刻,也就是说,该终端设备可以在0ms,10ms,20ms,…,多个时间点中的全部或部分接收下行信号。该终端设备用于上行发送的无线帧的起始时刻相对于该用于下行接收的无线帧的起始时刻提前x ms,该终端设备用于上行发送的定时可以包括(0-x)ms,(10-x)ms,(20-x)ms,…,多个时时刻。当然,该多个时刻也可以呈不等间隔排列,此处不对其进行限定。It should be understood that timing can be understood as a single point in time. In other words, a timing can include multiple points in time (multiple moments). If the plurality of times includes at least three times, the at least three times are arranged at equal intervals. For example, suppose that the starting time of the radio frame used by the terminal device for downlink reception is used as the reference time, which is recorded as 0 milliseconds (millisecond, ms), and the length of one radio frame is recorded as 10 ms, and the terminal device is used for the downlink received radio frame. The timing may include 0ms, 10ms, 20ms, ..., multiple times, that is, the terminal device may receive downlink signals in all or part of 0ms, 10ms, 20ms, ..., multiple time points. The start time of the radio frame for the uplink transmission is earlier than the start time of the radio frame for downlink reception, and the timing for the uplink transmission by the terminal device may include (0-x) ms. (10-x) ms, (20-x) ms, ..., multiple time instants. Of course, the multiple moments may also be arranged at unequal intervals, which are not limited herein.
对于时间提前量,可以从相对时刻角度进行理解。在通信协议中规定的定时都是相对的时刻,通常来说,通信协议中定义一个时间基准点,通信协议中的定时相对于该时间基准点通常会有一定的偏移量。图3是用于下行发送的无线帧与用于上行接收的无线帧的示意性图。协议通常将用于下行接收的无线帧的起始时刻作为时间基准点,如图3所示,定义终端设备用于上行发送的无线帧的起始时刻相对于用于下行接收的无线帧的起始时刻提前x ms,可以将该x ms认为是时间提前量。这两个无线帧的编号可以相同。For the amount of time advancement, it can be understood from the perspective of relative time. The timings specified in the communication protocol are relative moments. Generally, a time reference point is defined in the communication protocol, and the timing in the communication protocol usually has a certain offset with respect to the time reference point. 3 is a schematic diagram of a radio frame for downlink transmission and a radio frame for uplink reception. The protocol generally uses the start time of the radio frame for downlink reception as a time reference point. As shown in FIG. 3, the start time of the radio frame used by the terminal device for uplink transmission is defined relative to the radio frame used for downlink reception. The start time is advanced by x ms, which can be considered as a timing advance. The number of these two radio frames can be the same.
在现有技术中,网络设备会向终端设备发送定时调整指示信息,该定时调整指示信息中携带了定时调整参数,该定时调整参数为一个TA值,例如,该TA值可以等于10,则该终端设备应理解其上行发送定时相对于下行接收定时提前10×Ts秒,其中,该Ts为定时调整粒度。In the prior art, the network device sends timing adjustment indication information to the terminal device, where the timing adjustment indication information carries a timing adjustment parameter, where the timing adjustment parameter is a TA value, for example, the TA value may be equal to 10, The terminal device should understand that its uplink transmission timing is 10×Ts seconds ahead of the downlink reception timing, where Ts is the timing adjustment granularity.
NR系统支持工作在NR和LTE双连接(dual connectivity,DC)模式下终端,即该终端可以同时工作在LTE和NR系统中。参见图2c所示的场景中,NR的网络设备可以部署一个TDD载波和一个SUL载波,而LTE的网络设备可以部署一个FDD载波。针对LTE-NR DC的终端设备,终端设备被配置了至少三个上行载波,包括LTE上行载波,NR的TDD载波和NR的SUL载波。终端设备在这三个上行载波上进行上行信号发送的定时需要相等,以最大化的保证终端设备上行的频谱效率,否则将导致上行资源的浪费。如图4为定时对齐的场景,当终端设备在不同的上行载波上切换着发送上行信号时,在所有上行时间上都有信号发送。The NR system supports terminals operating in NR and LTE dual connectivity (DC) mode, ie, the terminal can operate in both LTE and NR systems. Referring to the scenario shown in FIG. 2c, the network device of the NR can deploy one TDD carrier and one SUL carrier, and the network device of the LTE can deploy one FDD carrier. For the terminal device of the LTE-NR DC, the terminal device is configured with at least three uplink carriers, including an LTE uplink carrier, a TDD carrier of the NR, and a SUL carrier of the NR. The timing of the uplink signal transmission by the terminal device on the three uplink carriers needs to be equal to ensure the uplink spectrum efficiency of the terminal device to be maximized, otherwise the uplink resources will be wasted. As shown in FIG. 4, in the scenario of timing alignment, when the terminal device switches to transmit uplink signals on different uplink carriers, signals are transmitted at all uplink times.
目前,由于LTE的定时调整参数和NR的定时调整参数是分别发送,将导致终端设备在不同上行载波上的定时出现不相等的情况。当终端设备在三个上行载波上发送上行信号的定时不相等时,如图5所示,则在某些时间段上,终端设备无法发送上行信号,从而导致上行资源的浪费。At present, since the timing adjustment parameters of the LTE and the timing adjustment parameters of the NR are separately transmitted, the timings of the terminal devices on different uplink carriers may be unequal. When the timings of the uplink signals sent by the terminal device on the three uplink carriers are not equal, as shown in FIG. 5, the terminal device cannot send the uplink signal in some time periods, thereby causing waste of uplink resources.
为了解决这一技术问题,图6示例性的示出了本申请提供的一种信息发送、接收的流程,下面通过网络设备与基站交互的方式来描述该信息发送、接收的流程。In order to solve this technical problem, FIG. 6 exemplarily shows a flow of information transmission and reception provided by the present application. The flow of sending and receiving the information is described below by means of interaction between the network device and the base station.
如图6所示,该流程具体包括:As shown in FIG. 6, the process specifically includes:
步骤601,网络设备确定指示信息。Step 601: The network device determines the indication information.
在本申请中,该指示信息用于指示定时调整参数。该定时调整参数用于终端设备确定在第一上行载波上和在第二上行载波上的发送定时,该第一上行载波为第一无线接入技术的上行载波,该第二上行载波为第二无线接入技术的上行载波。In the present application, the indication information is used to indicate timing adjustment parameters. The timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier, where the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the first radio access technology, and the second uplink carrier is a second The uplink carrier of the radio access technology.
需要说明的是,该第一无线接入技术可以为LTE,第二无线接入技术可以为NR。相应的,该网络设备可以是LTE的网络设备,也可以是NR的网络设备。应理解,LTE和NR可以是共站部署的,此时虽然在物理上LTE和NR属于同一个网络设备,但是在逻辑上也可以理解存在两个网络设备,即一个LTE的网络设备,一个NR的网络设备,或者理解为有两个服务小区,一个LTE的小区,一个NR的小区。应理解,LTE的小区和NR的小区属于同一个定时调整组。It should be noted that the first radio access technology may be LTE, and the second radio access technology may be NR. Correspondingly, the network device may be a network device of LTE or a network device of NR. It should be understood that LTE and NR may be co-located. In this case, although LTE and NR belong to the same network device physically, it is logically understood that there are two network devices, that is, one LTE network device and one NR. The network device is either understood to have two serving cells, one LTE cell, and one NR cell. It should be understood that the cell of LTE and the cell of NR belong to the same timing adjustment group.
由于NR的上行载波中还有可能包括SUL载波,因此,该第二上行载波可以包括至少两个上行载波,该至少两个上行载波属于同一个小区。此时,定时调整参数用于终端设备确定在第一上行载波和在该至少两个第二上行载波上的发送定时。当然,在该第二上行载波为NR的上行载波时,该至少两个第二上行载波可以包括至少一个TDD载波和至少一个SUL载波,其中,该TDD载波也可以称为是NR UL载波,也可以直接称为UL载波,当然也可以是其他的名称,此处不做限定。例如,存在三个第二上行载波时,可以是两个TDD载波和一个SUL载波的组合,也可以是一个TDD载波和两个SUL载波的组合。此时,相应的,定时调整参数用于终端设备确定在第一上行载波上、在至少一个TDD载波上和在至少一个SUL载波上的发送定时。应理解,该第一上行载波、至少一个TDD载波和至少一个SUL载波属于同一个定时调整组。Since the uplink carrier of the NR may further include a SUL carrier, the second uplink carrier may include at least two uplink carriers, and the at least two uplink carriers belong to the same cell. At this time, the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine the transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the at least two second uplink carriers. Certainly, when the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the NR, the at least two second uplink carriers may include at least one TDD carrier and at least one SUL carrier, where the TDD carrier may also be referred to as an NR UL carrier. It can be directly referred to as a UL carrier, and may of course be other names, which are not limited herein. For example, when there are three second uplink carriers, it may be a combination of two TDD carriers and one SUL carrier, or may be a combination of one TDD carrier and two SUL carriers. At this time, correspondingly, the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine the transmission timing on the first uplink carrier, on the at least one TDD carrier, and on the at least one SUL carrier. It should be understood that the first uplink carrier, the at least one TDD carrier, and the at least one SUL carrier belong to the same timing adjustment group.
步骤602,网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息。Step 602: The network device sends the indication information to the terminal device.
在网络设备覆盖范围内有两个服务小区,一个是LTE的小区,一个是NR的小区,该指示信息可以是由LTE的小区发送给终端设备,也可以由NR的小区发送给终端设备。通过发送一个定时调整参数的指示信息,可以向终端设备指示用于确定多个上行载波的定时调整参数,从而能够保证终端设备在多个上行载波上维持相同的发送定时。There are two serving cells in the coverage of the network device, one is the LTE cell, and the other is the NR cell. The indication information may be sent by the LTE cell to the terminal device, or may be sent by the NR cell to the terminal device. By transmitting the indication information of the timing adjustment parameter, the timing adjustment parameter for determining the plurality of uplink carriers can be indicated to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can maintain the same transmission timing on the multiple uplink carriers.
需要说明的是,上述第一上行载波可以为主小区的载波,上述第二上行载波可以为辅小区的载波,也可以说,该第一上行载波可以为LTE的载波,该第二上行载波可以为NR的载波,LTE的小区为主小区,NR的小区为辅小区。网络设备可以在第一下行载波上向终端设备发送指示信息,终端设备可以在该第一下行载波上从网络设备接收该指示信息。其中,该第一下行载波与第一上行载波可以属于同一小区,例如,该第一下行载波与第一上行载波同属于LTE的小区。It should be noted that the first uplink carrier may be a carrier of a primary cell, and the second uplink carrier may be a carrier of a secondary cell, and the first uplink carrier may be a carrier of an LTE, and the second uplink carrier may be The carrier of the NR is a cell of the LTE, and the cell of the NR is a secondary cell. The network device may send indication information to the terminal device on the first downlink carrier, where the terminal device may receive the indication information from the network device. The first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier may belong to the same cell. For example, the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to the same LTE cell.
步骤603,终端设备从网络设备接收指示信息,并根据指示信息确定定时调整参数。Step 603: The terminal device receives the indication information from the network device, and determines a timing adjustment parameter according to the indication information.
终端设备在接收到指示信息后,可以根据指示信息确定定时调整参数。从而终端设备 可以根据定时调整参数确定在第一上行载波上和在第二上行载波上的发送定时。具体的,在网络设备采用同一定时调整参数用于指示终端设备在LTE的UL载波和NR的UL载波上进行定时调整的情况下,该终端设备根据该定时调整参数确定在LTE的UL载波和在NR的UL载波上的发送定时。在网络设备采用同一定时调整参数用于指示终端设备在LTE的UL载波,NR的UL载波和NR的SUL载波上进行定时调整的情况下,该终端设备根据该定时调整参数确定LTE的UL载波,NR的UL载波和NR的SUL载波上的发送定时。在网络设备采用同一定时调整参数用于指示终端设备在LTE的UL载波和NR的SUL载波上行进行定时调整时,该终端设备根据该定时调整参数确定LTE的UL载波和NR的SUL载波上的发送定时。After receiving the indication information, the terminal device may determine the timing adjustment parameter according to the indication information. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the second uplink carrier according to the timing adjustment parameter. Specifically, when the network device uses the same timing adjustment parameter to indicate that the terminal device performs timing adjustment on the UL carrier of the LTE and the UL carrier of the NR, the terminal device determines the UL carrier in the LTE according to the timing adjustment parameter. Transmission timing on the UL carrier of the NR. When the network device uses the same timing adjustment parameter to indicate that the terminal device performs timing adjustment on the LTE UL carrier, the NR UL carrier, and the NR SUL carrier, the terminal device determines the LTE UL carrier according to the timing adjustment parameter. Transmission timing on the UL carrier of NR and the SUL carrier of NR. When the network device uses the same timing adjustment parameter for instructing the terminal device to perform timing adjustment on the UL carrier of the LTE and the SUL carrier uplink of the NR, the terminal device determines, according to the timing adjustment parameter, the transmission on the LTE UL carrier and the NR SUL carrier. timing.
需要说明的是,网络设备向终端设备发送的定时调整参数可以是正数或0,也可以是负数。具体的,当网络设备给终端设备发送的定时调整参数为负数时,终端设备确定其上行发送定时滞后与下行接收定时。例如,定时调整参数TA的取值为-20,则终端设备确定上行发送定时相对于下行接收定时滞后20×Ts,该Ts为定时调整粒度。又例如,定时调整参数TA的取值为10,则终端设备确定上行发送定时相对于下行接收定时提前10×Ts。还例如,定时调整粒度TA的取值为0,则终端设备确定上行发送的定时相对于下行接收定时不变。本申请的实施例仅是示例作用,对此不做限制。It should be noted that the timing adjustment parameter sent by the network device to the terminal device may be a positive number or a zero number, or may be a negative number. Specifically, when the timing adjustment parameter sent by the network device to the terminal device is a negative number, the terminal device determines the uplink transmission timing lag and the downlink reception timing. For example, if the value of the timing adjustment parameter TA is -20, the terminal device determines that the uplink transmission timing is delayed by 20×Ts with respect to the downlink reception timing, and the Ts is the timing adjustment granularity. For another example, if the value of the timing adjustment parameter TA is 10, the terminal device determines that the uplink transmission timing is 10×Ts ahead of the downlink reception timing. For example, if the timing adjustment granularity TA has a value of 0, the terminal device determines that the timing of the uplink transmission does not change with respect to the downlink reception timing. The embodiments of the present application are merely exemplary functions, and no limitation is imposed thereon.
本申请还提供了一种信息发送、接收的流程,该流程可以应用于上述图2a所示的场景。The application also provides a process for sending and receiving information, which can be applied to the scenario shown in FIG. 2a above.
如图7所示,该流程具体包括:As shown in FIG. 7, the process specifically includes:
步骤701,网络设备确定指示信息。In step 701, the network device determines the indication information.
该指示信息包括定时调整参数,该定时调整参数用于终端设备确定在第一上行载波上和在第二上行载波上的发送定时。该第一上行载波和该第二上行载波为同一小区内的上行载波,例如,该第一上行载波和该第二上行载波为NR的两个上行载波,该第一上行载波为TDD载波,该第二上行载波为SUL载波。该定时调整参数用于终端设备确定在TDD载波和SUL载波上的发送定时。The indication information includes a timing adjustment parameter, and the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the second uplink carrier. The first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier are uplink carriers in the same cell. For example, the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier are two uplink carriers of the NR, and the first uplink carrier is a TDD carrier. The second uplink carrier is a SUL carrier. The timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine the transmission timing on the TDD carrier and the SUL carrier.
步骤702,网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息。Step 702: The network device sends the indication information to the terminal device.
步骤703,终端设备接收网络设备发送的指示信息,并根据指示信息确定定时调整参数。Step 703: The terminal device receives the indication information sent by the network device, and determines a timing adjustment parameter according to the indication information.
终端设备在接收到网络设备发送的指示信息后,可以根据该定时调整参数。相应的,终端设备在NR的TDD载波上进行上行发送的第一子载波间隔与在NR的SUL载波上进行上行发送第二子载波间隔可以相同,也可以不相同。After receiving the indication information sent by the network device, the terminal device may adjust the parameter according to the timing. Correspondingly, the first subcarrier spacing of the terminal device performing uplink transmission on the TDD carrier of the NR may be the same as or different from the uplink transmission of the second subcarrier spacing on the SUL carrier of the NR.
当第一子载波间隔和第二子载波间隔不同时,定时调整参数对应的定时调整粒度与终端设备进行上行发送的子载波间隔相关。例如,15KHz子载波间隔对应的定时调整粒度T1为0.25Ts,30KHz子载波间隔对应的定时调整粒度为T2为0.5Ts,即不同子载波间隔对应的定时调整粒度不同。因此,网络设备在给终端设备发送定时调整参数为TA时,终端设备需要确定该定时调整参数TA对应的定时调整粒度。When the first subcarrier spacing and the second subcarrier spacing are different, the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the timing adjustment parameter is related to the subcarrier spacing of the uplink transmission by the terminal device. For example, the timing adjustment granularity T1 corresponding to the 15KHz subcarrier spacing is 0.25Ts, and the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the 30KHz subcarrier spacing is T2 is 0.5Ts, that is, the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to different subcarrier spacings is different. Therefore, when the network device sends the timing adjustment parameter to the terminal device, the terminal device needs to determine the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the timing adjustment parameter TA.
一种可能的方式为,终端设备确定定时调整粒度为第一子载波间隔和第二子载波间隔中的较大者对应的定时调整粒度。示例性的,15KHz子载波间隔对应的定时调整粒度T1为0.25Ts,30KHz子载波间隔对应的定时调整粒度为T2为0.5Ts,此时,终端设备可以确定定时调整粒度为0.5Ts;15KHz子载波间隔对应的定时调整粒度T1为Ts,30KHz子载波间隔对应的定时调整粒度为T2为0.5Ts,此时,终端设备可以确定定时调整粒度为Ts。In a possible manner, the terminal device determines that the timing adjustment granularity is a timing adjustment granularity corresponding to a larger one of the first subcarrier interval and the second subcarrier interval. For example, the timing adjustment granularity T1 corresponding to the 15KHz subcarrier spacing is 0.25Ts, and the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the 30KHz subcarrier spacing is T2 is 0.5Ts. At this time, the terminal device can determine the timing adjustment granularity to be 0.5Ts; the 15KHz subcarrier The timing adjustment granularity T1 corresponding to the interval is Ts, and the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the 30KHz subcarrier spacing is T2 is 0.5Ts. At this time, the terminal device can determine that the timing adjustment granularity is Ts.
另一种可能的方式为,终端设备确定定时调整粒度为第一子载波间隔和第二子载波间隔中的较小者对应的定时调整粒度。示例性的,15KHz子载波间隔对应的定时调整粒度T1为0.25Ts,30KHz子载波间隔对应的定时调整粒度为T2为0.5Ts,此时,终端设备可以确定定时调整粒度为0.25Ts;15KHz子载波间隔对应的定时调整粒度T1为Ts,30KHz子载波间隔对应的定时调整粒度为T2为0.5Ts,此时,终端设备可以确定定时调整粒度为0.5Ts。In another possible manner, the terminal device determines that the timing adjustment granularity is a timing adjustment granularity corresponding to a smaller one of the first subcarrier interval and the second subcarrier interval. For example, the timing adjustment granularity T1 corresponding to the 15KHz subcarrier spacing is 0.25Ts, and the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the 30KHz subcarrier spacing is T2 is 0.5Ts. At this time, the terminal device can determine the timing adjustment granularity to be 0.25Ts; 15KHz subcarrier The timing adjustment granularity T1 corresponding to the interval is Ts, and the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the 30KHz subcarrier spacing is T2 is 0.5Ts. At this time, the terminal device can determine that the timing adjustment granularity is 0.5Ts.
又一种可能的方式为,终端设备确定定时调整粒度为NR的UL载波的第一子载波间隔对应的定时调整粒度,例如,NR的UL载波的第一子载波间隔对应的定时调整粒度为0.4Ts,则终端申请定时调整粒度为0.4Ts。In another possible manner, the terminal device determines a timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the first subcarrier spacing of the UL carrier whose granularity is NR, for example, the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the first subcarrier spacing of the UL carrier of the NR is 0.4. Ts, the terminal applies the timing adjustment granularity to 0.4Ts.
还有一种可能的方式为,网络设备在承载定时调整参数的消息中携带指示定时调整粒度的指示信息,终端设备根据该指示信息确定对应的定时调整粒度。例如,网络设备可以采用显示的指示方式,即该指示信息直接指示定时调整粒度值或索引,例如,该指示信息可以为1bit的信息,状态0指示调整粒度值Ts,状态1指示调整粒度值0.5Ts,具体可以如表1所示。网络设备也可以采用隐式的指示方式,即该指示信息可以指示上行的索引或者子载波间隔的值或索引,从而该终端设备先根据指示信息确定对应的上行或子载波间隔,再根据上行或子载波间隔确定对应的定时调整粒度值。本申请中的实施例仅是示例作用,对此不做限制。In another possible manner, the network device carries the indication information indicating the timing adjustment granularity in the message carrying the timing adjustment parameter, and the terminal device determines the corresponding timing adjustment granularity according to the indication information. For example, the network device may adopt a display indication manner, that is, the indication information directly indicates a timing adjustment granularity value or an index. For example, the indication information may be 1 bit information, the status 0 indicates an adjustment granularity value Ts, and the status 1 indicates an adjustment granularity value of 0.5. Ts, specifically as shown in Table 1. The network device may also adopt an implicit indication manner, that is, the indication information may indicate an index or a sub-carrier spacing value or an index, so that the terminal device first determines a corresponding uplink or sub-carrier spacing according to the indication information, and then according to the uplink or the uplink or The subcarrier spacing determines the corresponding timing adjustment granularity value. The embodiments in the present application are merely exemplary functions, and no limitation is imposed thereon.
表1Table 1
指示信息Instructions 状态0State 0 状态1State 1
定时调整粒度Timing adjustment granularity TsTs 0.5Ts0.5Ts
在终端设备接收网络设备发送的指示信息之前,终端设备需要向网络设备发送随机接入信号,以使网络设备确定定时调整参数。终端设备可以在第一上行载波上向网络设备发送随机接入信号,也可以在第二上行载波上向网络设备发送随机接入信号,该随机接入信号可以是随机前导序列(Preamble)。Before the terminal device receives the indication information sent by the network device, the terminal device needs to send a random access signal to the network device, so that the network device determines the timing adjustment parameter. The terminal device may send a random access signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier, or may send a random access signal to the network device on the second uplink carrier, where the random access signal may be a random preamble sequence (Preamble).
可选的,终端设备在第一上行载波上向网络设备发送随机接入信号的第一定时相对于该终端设备在第一下行载波上从网络设备接收下行信号的接收定时有第一定时偏移值,并且终端设备在第二上行载波上向网络设备发送随机接入信号的第二定时相对于该终端设备在第一下行载波上从网络设备接收下行信号的接收定时也有第一定时偏移值。例如,该第一定时偏移值可以是协议中预先确定的参数,例如,第一定时偏移值可以是LTE或NR中的N TAoffset,也就是说终端设备在第一上行载波上发送随机接入信号对应的N TAoffset与终端设备在第二上行载波上发送随机接入信号所采用的N TAoffset取值相等,或者也可以理解为是同一个N TAoffset。又例如,该第一定时偏移值可以是由网络设备发送给终端设备的,具体的,该第一定时偏移值可以取值为第一值或第二值,则网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息用于指示该第一定时偏移值为第一值或第二值。该第一上行载波可以是TDD载波,第二上行载波可以是SUL载波,第一下行载波可以是与该第一上行载波相关联的TDD载波,应理解,该第一下行载波与第二上行载波分别为一个TDD载波的上行和下行。终端设备在第一上行载波上向网络设备发送随机接入信号的第一定时和在第二上行载波上向网络设备发送随机接入信号的第二定时相等,这样终端设备针对第一上行载波和第二上行载波只需要确定一个定时或者一个定时偏移值,相比于针对第一上行载波和第二上行载波确定两个不同的定时或者两个不同的定时偏移值更简单,即能够降低终端设备的复杂度。 Optionally, the first timing of the terminal device transmitting the random access signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier has a first timing offset relative to the receiving timing of the terminal device receiving the downlink signal from the network device on the first downlink carrier. And shifting, and the second timing of the terminal device transmitting the random access signal to the network device on the second uplink carrier also has a first timing offset relative to the receiving timing of the terminal device receiving the downlink signal from the network device on the first downlink carrier. Move the value. For example, the first timing offset value may be a predetermined parameter in the protocol. For example, the first timing offset value may be N TAoffset in LTE or NR, that is, the terminal device sends a random connection on the first uplink carrier. The N TAoffset corresponding to the incoming signal is equal to the value of the N TAoffset used by the terminal device to send the random access signal on the second uplink carrier, or can be understood as the same N TAoffset . For example, the first timing offset value may be sent by the network device to the terminal device. Specifically, the first timing offset value may be a first value or a second value, and the network device sends the terminal device to the terminal device. The indication information is used to indicate that the first timing offset value is a first value or a second value. The first uplink carrier may be a TDD carrier, the second uplink carrier may be a SUL carrier, and the first downlink carrier may be a TDD carrier associated with the first uplink carrier, it being understood that the first downlink carrier and the second downlink carrier The uplink carriers are respectively uplink and downlink of one TDD carrier. The first timing of the terminal device transmitting the random access signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier is equal to the second timing of sending the random access signal to the network device on the second uplink carrier, so that the terminal device is configured for the first uplink carrier and The second uplink carrier only needs to determine one timing or one timing offset value, which is simpler than determining two different timings or two different timing offset values for the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier, that is, can be reduced. The complexity of the terminal device.
在上述实施例中,第一上行载波与第二上行载波属于同一个第一定时调整组,进一步 的,终端设备还可以有第三上行载波与第四上行载波,并且第三上行载波和第四上行载波属于不同于第一定时调整组的第二定时调整组,此时,网络设备可以向该终端设备发送两个指示信息,一个指示信息指示终端设备在第一定时调整组中的第一定时偏移值,另一个指示信息指示终端设备在第二定时调整组的第二定时偏移值。也就是说,终端设备从网络设备接收第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示终端设备的第一定时调整组对应的第一定时偏移值。可选的,该终端设备还从网络设备接收第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该终端设备的第二定时调整组对应的第二定时偏移值,其中,第一定时偏移值和第二定时偏移值可以相同,也可以不同。也就是说,对于不同的定时调整组,网络设备可以针对每个定时调整组单独的配置定时偏移值,其中,不同定时调整组对应的定时偏移值可以相同,也可以不同。以定时偏移值为N TAoffset为例,对于不同的定时调整组,网络设备可以针对每个定时调整组为终端设备单独的配置N TAoffset,其中,不同定时调整组对应的N TAoffset可以相同,也可以不同。可选的,同一个定时调整组中的上行载波可以属于同一频段,也可以属于不同的频段,例如,第一定时调整组中的第一上行载波属于第一频段,第一定时调整组中的第二上行载波属于第二频段。可选的,第一频段为6GHz以下的频段,第二频段为6GHz以上的频段。需要说明的是,该方法并不限定上述实施例,当然可以应用到其他适用的场景,其中,一个定时调整组的中上行载波也不限定于两个,可以是一个,也可以是三个,或者更多,同时也不限定一个终端设备的多个上行载波只能属于一个或两个定时调整,当然也可以是三个或者更多。 In the above embodiment, the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier belong to the same first timing adjustment group. Further, the terminal device may further have a third uplink carrier and a fourth uplink carrier, and the third uplink carrier and the fourth uplink carrier. The uplink carrier belongs to the second timing adjustment group different from the first timing adjustment group. At this time, the network device may send two indication information to the terminal device, and the indication information indicates the first timing of the terminal device in the first timing adjustment group. The offset value, another indication information indicating that the terminal device adjusts the second timing offset value of the group at the second timing. That is, the terminal device receives the first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first timing offset value corresponding to the first timing adjustment group of the terminal device. Optionally, the terminal device further receives, from the network device, second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate a second timing offset value corresponding to the second timing adjustment group of the terminal device, where the first timing offset The value and the second timing offset value may be the same or different. That is to say, for different timing adjustment groups, the network device may adjust the individual configuration timing offset values for each timing adjustment group, wherein the timing offset values corresponding to different timing adjustment groups may be the same or different. Taking the timing offset value as N TAoffset as an example, for different timing adjustment groups, the network device can separately configure N TAoffset for the terminal device for each timing adjustment group, wherein the N TAoffset corresponding to different timing adjustment groups can be the same, Can be different. Optionally, the uplink carriers in the same timing adjustment group may belong to the same frequency band or belong to different frequency bands. For example, the first uplink carrier in the first timing adjustment group belongs to the first frequency band, and the first timing adjustment group The second uplink carrier belongs to the second frequency band. Optionally, the first frequency band is a frequency band below 6 GHz, and the second frequency band is a frequency band above 6 GHz. It should be noted that the method is not limited to the foregoing embodiment, and may be applied to other applicable scenarios. The medium uplink carrier of a timing adjustment group is not limited to two, and may be one or three. Or more, and at the same time, it is not limited to a plurality of uplink carriers of one terminal device, which may belong to one or two timing adjustments, and may of course be three or more.
可选的,终端设备在第一上行载波上向网络设备发送随机接入信号的第一定时相对于该终端设备在第一下行载波上从网络设备接收下行信号的接收定时有第一定时偏移值,终端设备在第二上行载波上向网络设备发送随机接入信号的第二定时相对于该终端设备在第一下行载波上从网络设备接收下行信号的接收定时有第二定时偏移值,第一定时偏移值与第二定时偏移值不相等。具体的,该第一/二定时偏移值可以是协议中预先确定的参数,例如,第一定时偏移值可以是LTE或NR中的N TAoffset,也就是说终端设备在第一上行载波上发送随机接入信号对应的N TAoffset1与终端设备在第二上行载波上发送随机接入信号所采用的N TAoffset2取值不相等。该第一上行载波可以是TDD载波,第二上行载波可以是SUL载波,第一下行载波可以是与该第一上行载波相关联的TDD载波。优选的,N TAoffset2可以等于0,N TAoffset1大于0,这样有益于提升在SUL载波为LTE与NR共享情况下,网络设备从终端设备接收随机接入信号的性能,能够避免LTE的终端设备与NR的终端设备发送随机接入信号之间的干扰。 Optionally, the first timing of the terminal device transmitting the random access signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier has a first timing offset relative to the receiving timing of the terminal device receiving the downlink signal from the network device on the first downlink carrier. The second timing of the terminal device transmitting the random access signal to the network device on the second uplink carrier has a second timing offset with respect to the receiving timing of the terminal device receiving the downlink signal from the network device on the first downlink carrier. The value, the first timing offset value is not equal to the second timing offset value. Specifically, the first/second timing offset value may be a predetermined parameter in the protocol, for example, the first timing offset value may be N TAoffset in LTE or NR, that is, the terminal device is on the first uplink carrier. The N TAoffset1 corresponding to the random access signal is not equal to the value of the N TAoffset2 used by the terminal device to send the random access signal on the second uplink carrier. The first uplink carrier may be a TDD carrier, the second uplink carrier may be a SUL carrier, and the first downlink carrier may be a TDD carrier associated with the first uplink carrier. Preferably, N TAoffset2 can be equal to 0, and N TAoffset1 is greater than 0. This is beneficial to improve the performance of the network device receiving the random access signal from the terminal device when the SUL carrier is LTE and NR shared, and can avoid the LTE terminal device and the NR. The terminal device transmits interference between random access signals.
可选的,终端设备在第一上行载波上向网络设备发送随机接入信号的第一定时相对于该终端设备在第一下行载波上从网络设备接收下行信号的接收定时有第一定时偏移值,终端设备在第二上行载波上向网络设备发送随机接入信号的第二定时相对于该终端设备在第一下行载波上从网络设备接收下行信号的接收定时有第二定时偏移值,第一定时偏移值与第二定时偏移值可以相等,也可以不相等。具体的,该第一/二定时偏移值可以是协议中预先确定的参数,例如,第一定时偏移值可以是LTE或NR中的N TAoffset。例如,协议中预先定义至少两个值,如第一值和第二值,则终端设备确定第一定时偏移值等于第一值,终端设备从网络设备接收用于指示第二定时偏移为第一值或第二值的指示信息并根据该指示信息确定第二定时偏移等于第一值或第二值。又例如,协议中预先定义至少两个值,如第一值和第二值,则终端设备确定第一定时偏移值等于第一值,同时终端设备根据预先定 义的规则确定第二偏移值等于第一值或第二值。该第一上行载波可以是TDD载波,第二上行载波可以是SUL载波,第一下行载波可以是与该第一上行载波相关联的TDD载波。优选的,第二值可以等于0,第一值大于0。这样通过指示信息来通知终端设备发送随机接入信号的定时偏移值,能够灵活的调整终端设备的发送定时。 Optionally, the first timing of the terminal device transmitting the random access signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier has a first timing offset relative to the receiving timing of the terminal device receiving the downlink signal from the network device on the first downlink carrier. The second timing of the terminal device transmitting the random access signal to the network device on the second uplink carrier has a second timing offset with respect to the receiving timing of the terminal device receiving the downlink signal from the network device on the first downlink carrier. The value, the first timing offset value and the second timing offset value may or may not be equal. Specifically, the first/second timing offset value may be a predetermined parameter in the protocol, for example, the first timing offset value may be N TAoffset in LTE or NR. For example, the protocol pre-defines at least two values, such as the first value and the second value, the terminal device determines that the first timing offset value is equal to the first value, and the terminal device receives, from the network device, the second timing offset is The indication information of the first value or the second value and determining, according to the indication information, that the second timing offset is equal to the first value or the second value. For another example, the protocol defines at least two values, such as the first value and the second value, the terminal device determines that the first timing offset value is equal to the first value, and the terminal device determines the second offset value according to the predefined rule. Equal to the first value or the second value. The first uplink carrier may be a TDD carrier, the second uplink carrier may be a SUL carrier, and the first downlink carrier may be a TDD carrier associated with the first uplink carrier. Preferably, the second value may be equal to 0 and the first value is greater than zero. In this way, the terminal device is notified by the indication information to send the timing offset value of the random access signal, and the transmission timing of the terminal device can be flexibly adjusted.
需要说明的,上述对于终端设备发送随机接入信号的定时以及定时偏移量的方法并不限于本申请中的实施例,也可以应用于其他适用的情况,当然也可以作为一个独立的方法,此处不做限定。It should be noted that the foregoing method for transmitting the timing of the random access signal and the timing offset to the terminal device is not limited to the embodiment in the present application, and may be applied to other applicable situations, and may also be used as an independent method. There is no limit here.
可选的,结合上述图2b所示的场景,在本申请中,终端设备在NR的UL载波上进行上行发送的第一子载波间隔和在LTE的UL载波上行进行上行发送的第二子载波间隔可以相同,也可以不同。当第一子载波间隔和第二子载波间隔不同时,网络设备在给终端设备发送定时调整参数为TA,终端设备需要确定该定时调整参数TA对应的定时调整粒度。终端设备确定定时调整粒度为第一子载波间隔和第二子载波间隔中的较大者对应的定时调整粒度。示例性的,15KHz子载波间隔对应的定时调整粒度T1为0.25Ts,30KHz子载波间隔对应的定时调整粒度为T2为0.5Ts,此时,终端设备可以确定定时调整粒度为0.5Ts;15KHz子载波间隔对应的定时调整粒度T1为Ts,30KHz子载波间隔对应的定时调整粒度为T2为0.5Ts,此时,终端设备可以确定定时调整粒度为Ts。Optionally, in combination with the scenario shown in FIG. 2b, in the present application, the first subcarrier spacing of the uplink transmission performed by the terminal device on the UL carrier of the NR and the second subcarrier of the uplink transmission performed on the UL carrier uplink of the LTE are performed. The intervals can be the same or different. When the first subcarrier spacing and the second subcarrier spacing are different, the network device sends the timing adjustment parameter to the terminal device as the TA, and the terminal device needs to determine the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the timing adjustment parameter TA. The terminal device determines that the timing adjustment granularity is a timing adjustment granularity corresponding to a larger one of the first subcarrier interval and the second subcarrier interval. For example, the timing adjustment granularity T1 corresponding to the 15KHz subcarrier spacing is 0.25Ts, and the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the 30KHz subcarrier spacing is T2 is 0.5Ts. At this time, the terminal device can determine the timing adjustment granularity to be 0.5Ts; the 15KHz subcarrier The timing adjustment granularity T1 corresponding to the interval is Ts, and the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the 30KHz subcarrier spacing is T2 is 0.5Ts. At this time, the terminal device can determine that the timing adjustment granularity is Ts.
另一种可能的方式为,终端设备确定定时调整粒度为第一子载波间隔和第二子载波间隔中的较小者对应的定时调整粒度。示例性的,15KHz子载波间隔对应的定时调整粒度T1为0.25Ts,30KHz子载波间隔对应的定时调整粒度为T2为0.5Ts,此时,终端设备可以确定定时调整粒度为0.25Ts;15KHz子载波间隔对应的定时调整粒度T1为Ts,30KHz子载波间隔对应的定时调整粒度为T2为0.5Ts,此时,终端设备可以确定定时调整粒度为0.5Ts。In another possible manner, the terminal device determines that the timing adjustment granularity is a timing adjustment granularity corresponding to a smaller one of the first subcarrier interval and the second subcarrier interval. For example, the timing adjustment granularity T1 corresponding to the 15KHz subcarrier spacing is 0.25Ts, and the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the 30KHz subcarrier spacing is T2 is 0.5Ts. At this time, the terminal device can determine the timing adjustment granularity to be 0.25Ts; 15KHz subcarrier The timing adjustment granularity T1 corresponding to the interval is Ts, and the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the 30KHz subcarrier spacing is T2 is 0.5Ts. At this time, the terminal device can determine that the timing adjustment granularity is 0.5Ts.
又一种可能的方式为,终端设备确定定时调整粒度为NR的UL载波的第一子载波间隔对应的定时调整粒度,例如,NR的UL载波的第一子载波间隔对应的定时调整粒度为0.4Ts,则终端申请定时调整粒度为0.4Ts。In another possible manner, the terminal device determines a timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the first subcarrier spacing of the UL carrier whose granularity is NR, for example, the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the first subcarrier spacing of the UL carrier of the NR is 0.4. Ts, the terminal applies the timing adjustment granularity to 0.4Ts.
还有一种可能的方式为,网络设备在承载定时调整参数的消息中携带指示定时调整粒度的指示信息,终端设备根据该指示信息确定对应的定时调整粒度。例如,网络设备可以采用显示的指示方式,即该指示信息直接指示定时调整粒度值或索引,例如,该指示信息可以为1bit的信息,状态0指示调整粒度值Ts,状态1指示调整粒度值0.5Ts,如表1所示。网络设备也可以采用隐式的指示方式,即该指示信息可以指示上行的索引或者子载波间隔的值或索引,从而该终端设备先根据指示信息确定对应的上行或子载波间隔,再根据上行或子载波间隔确定对应的定时调整粒度值。In another possible manner, the network device carries the indication information indicating the timing adjustment granularity in the message carrying the timing adjustment parameter, and the terminal device determines the corresponding timing adjustment granularity according to the indication information. For example, the network device may adopt a display indication manner, that is, the indication information directly indicates a timing adjustment granularity value or an index. For example, the indication information may be 1 bit information, the status 0 indicates an adjustment granularity value Ts, and the status 1 indicates an adjustment granularity value of 0.5. Ts, as shown in Table 1. The network device may also adopt an implicit indication manner, that is, the indication information may indicate an index or a sub-carrier spacing value or an index, so that the terminal device first determines a corresponding uplink or sub-carrier spacing according to the indication information, and then according to the uplink or the uplink or The subcarrier spacing determines the corresponding timing adjustment granularity value.
一种不同的实现方式为,在终端设备通过CA的方式接入LTE与NR时,LTE的小区为主小区,NR的小区为辅小区,此时,终端设备将在主小区中接收定时调整参数,此时,终端设备可以确定定时调整粒度为主小区对应的定时调整粒度。需要说明的是,该例中的实施方式不限于终端设备通过CA的方式接入两种不同的无线接入技术的网络设备,也是用于与终端设备通过CA的方式接入同一无线接入技术的多个网络设备。当然,终端设备也可以采用DC的方式接入,此处不做限定。A different implementation manner is: when the terminal device accesses the LTE and the NR through the CA, the LTE cell is the primary cell, and the NR cell is the secondary cell. At this time, the terminal device receives the timing adjustment parameter in the primary cell. At this time, the terminal device may determine the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the timing adjustment granularity of the primary cell. It should be noted that the implementation manner in this example is not limited to the network device that the terminal device accesses two different radio access technologies by means of the CA, and is also used to access the same radio access technology with the terminal device through the CA. Multiple network devices. Of course, the terminal device can also be accessed by using a DC method, which is not limited herein.
在本申请中,终端设备可以根据网络设备在NR的DL上发送的下行参考信号进行测量,得到测量结果,然后根据该测量结果(包括路径损耗)在进行上行发送时的功率控制, 即终端设备可以根据该路径损耗值调整自身在NR UL上发送信号的功率。但是路径损耗不适用于终端设备在NR的SUL载波上进行上行发送的功率控制。为了能够使得终端设备在NR的SUL载波上进行上行发送的功率控制,本申请提出了一种上行发送功率控制的方法,如图8所示的流程,该流程具体包括:In the present application, the terminal device may perform measurement according to the downlink reference signal sent by the network device on the DL of the NR, obtain a measurement result, and then perform power control when performing uplink transmission according to the measurement result (including path loss), that is, the terminal device. The power of the signal transmitted on the NR UL can be adjusted according to the path loss value. However, the path loss is not applicable to the power control of the terminal equipment for uplink transmission on the SUL carrier of the NR. In order to enable the terminal device to perform the power control of the uplink transmission on the SUL carrier of the NR, the present application provides a method for the uplink transmission power control, as shown in the process of FIG.
步骤801,网络设备向终端设备发送下行参考信号。Step 801: The network device sends a downlink reference signal to the terminal device.
在本申请中,上述第一上行载波可以为主小区的载波,上述第二上行载波可以为辅小区的载波,也可以说,该第一上行载波可以为LTE的载波,该第二上行载波可以为NR的载波,LTE的小区为主小区,NR的小区为辅小区。In this application, the first uplink carrier may be a carrier of a primary cell, and the second uplink carrier may be a carrier of a secondary cell, and the first uplink carrier may be a carrier of an LTE, and the second uplink carrier may be The carrier of the NR is a cell of the LTE, and the cell of the NR is a secondary cell.
此时,网络设备可以在第一下行载波上向终端设备发送下行参考信号,该第一下行载波与第一上行载波可以属于同一小区,例如,该第一下行载波与第一上行载波同属于LTE的小区,该第一下行载波为LTE的下行载波,该第一上行载波为LTE的上行载波。可选的,第一一下行载波与第一上行载波也可以属于不同的小区。例如,该第一下行载波为LTE的下行载波,该第一上行载波可以为NR的上行载波。In this case, the network device may send a downlink reference signal to the terminal device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier may belong to the same cell, for example, the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier. The first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of the LTE, and the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the LTE. Optionally, the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier may also belong to different cells. For example, the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of LTE, and the first uplink carrier may be an uplink carrier of the NR.
步骤802,终端设备从网络设备接收下行参考信号,并根据下行参考信号确定在第二上行载波上发送上行信号的功率。Step 802: The terminal device receives the downlink reference signal from the network device, and determines, according to the downlink reference signal, the power of sending the uplink signal on the second uplink carrier.
终端设备可以从第一下行载波接收下行参考信号,该第一下行载波为LTE的下行载波,终端设备可以根据在该LTE的下行载波上接收的下行参考信号,确定在NR的SUL载波上向网络设备发送上行信号的功率。The terminal device may receive the downlink reference signal from the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of the LTE, and the terminal device may determine, according to the downlink reference signal received on the downlink carrier of the LTE, the SUL carrier on the NR. The power of the uplink signal is sent to the network device.
可选的,本申请还提供了另一种功率控制的方法,如图9所示的功率控制的流程,该流程具体包括:Optionally, the application further provides another method for power control, such as the process of power control shown in FIG. 9 , where the process specifically includes:
步骤901,网络设备确定下行参考信号。In step 901, the network device determines a downlink reference signal.
在本申请中,下行参考信号可以用于终端设备确定在第一上行载波上向网络设备发送上行信号的功率。In the present application, the downlink reference signal may be used by the terminal device to determine the power of transmitting the uplink signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier.
步骤902,网络设备在第一下行载波上向该终端设备发送下行参考信号。Step 902: The network device sends a downlink reference signal to the terminal device on the first downlink carrier.
其中,第一下行载波和第一上行载波可以属于不同的小区。该第一下行载波为主小区的下行载波,该第一上行载波为辅小区的上行载波。或者,该第一下行载波为第一无线接入技术的下行载波,该第一上行载波为该第二无线接入技术的上行载波。该第一无线接入技术为LTE,第二无线接入技术为NR。第一上行载波与第二上行载波和第二下行载波属于同一个小区。The first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier may belong to different cells. The first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of the primary cell, and the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the secondary cell. Or the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of the first radio access technology, and the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the second radio access technology. The first radio access technology is LTE, and the second radio access technology is NR. The first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier and the second downlink carrier belong to the same cell.
可选的,网络设备还可以向终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息可以指示终端设备根据下行参考信号确定在第一上行载波上向网络设备发送上行信号的功率,或者,该指示信息指示终端设备不使用下行参考信号确定在第一上行载波上向网络设备发送上行信号的功率。需要说明的是,该指示信息可以由该网络设备显式的发送给该终端设备,例如,该指示信息可以包含两个状态,第一状态指示该终端设备根据下行参考信号确定在第一上行载波上向网络设备发送上行信号的功率,第二状态指示终端设备不使用下行参考信号确定在第一上行载波上向网络设备发送上行信号的功率。当然,该指示信息也可以隐式的携带在其他信息中,例如,网络设备会向终端设备发送指示第一上行载波频率的信息,该指示信息可以携带在该指示第一上行载波频率的信息中,具体的,在网络设备向终端设备指示第一上行载波的频率为第一频率的情况下,即隐式的指示该终端设备根据下行参考信号确定在第一上行载波上向网络设备发送上行信号的功率,在网络设备向终端设备指示第二上 行载波的频率为第二频率的情况下,即隐式的指示终端设备不使用下行参考信号确定在第一上行载波上向网络设备发送上行信号的功率。该第一频率和/或该第二频率可以包括多个频率值。Optionally, the network device may further send the indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information may be used to indicate that the terminal device determines, according to the downlink reference signal, the power of sending the uplink signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier, or the indication information indicates the terminal device. The downlink reference signal is not used to determine the power of transmitting the uplink signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier. It should be noted that the indication information may be explicitly sent by the network device to the terminal device. For example, the indication information may include two states, where the first state indicates that the terminal device determines the first uplink carrier according to the downlink reference signal. The power of the uplink signal is sent to the network device, and the second state indicates that the terminal device does not use the downlink reference signal to determine the power of sending the uplink signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier. Certainly, the indication information may also be implicitly carried in other information. For example, the network device sends information indicating the first uplink carrier frequency to the terminal device, where the indication information may be carried in the information indicating the first uplink carrier frequency. Specifically, when the network device indicates to the terminal device that the frequency of the first uplink carrier is the first frequency, that is, the terminal device implicitly indicates that the terminal device determines to send an uplink signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier according to the downlink reference signal. The power of the network device indicates to the terminal device that the frequency of the second uplink carrier is the second frequency, that is, implicitly indicating that the terminal device does not use the downlink reference signal to determine that the uplink signal is sent to the network device on the first uplink carrier. power. The first frequency and/or the second frequency may comprise a plurality of frequency values.
可选的,网络设备还可以向终端设备发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于终端设备确定下行参考信号。该第二指示信息包括下行参考信号对应的资源信息,序列信息,功率信息中的至少一个。Optionally, the network device may further send, to the terminal device, second indication information, where the second indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the downlink reference signal. The second indication information includes at least one of resource information, sequence information, and power information corresponding to the downlink reference signal.
步骤903,终端设备在第一下行载波上从网络设备接收下行参考信号,并根据下行参考信号确定在第一上行载波上向网络设备发送上行信号的功率。Step 903: The terminal device receives the downlink reference signal from the network device on the first downlink carrier, and determines, according to the downlink reference signal, the power of sending the uplink signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier.
终端设备在第一下行载波上接收下行参考信号,该第一下行载波可以为LTE的下行载波,终端设备根据在该LTE的下行载波接收的下行参考信号确定在第一上行载波上向网络设备发送的上行信号的功率。其中,第一上行载波与第二上行载波和第二下行载波属于同一个小区。应理解,在该终端设备能够同时接入LTE和NR的情况下,该终端设备可以确定该下行参考信息为LTE的下行参考信息。在该终端设备只能够接入NR的情况下,该终端设备也可以在LTE的下行载波上接收该下行参考信息,此时,该终端设备只能确定接收了下行参考信号,并不用确定该下行参考信号是LTE的,即LTE对该终端设备是透明的,也就是说,该终端设备不知道LTE的存在。The terminal device receives the downlink reference signal on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier may be a downlink carrier of the LTE, and the terminal device determines, according to the downlink reference signal received by the downlink carrier of the LTE, on the first uplink carrier to the network. The power of the uplink signal sent by the device. The first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier and the second downlink carrier belong to the same cell. It should be understood that, in a case that the terminal device can access LTE and NR at the same time, the terminal device may determine that the downlink reference information is downlink reference information of LTE. In the case that the terminal device can only access the NR, the terminal device can also receive the downlink reference information on the downlink carrier of the LTE. At this time, the terminal device can only determine that the downlink reference signal is received, and does not determine the downlink. The reference signal is LTE, that is, LTE is transparent to the terminal device, that is, the terminal device does not know the existence of LTE.
可选的,本申请还提供了另一种功率控制的方法,如图10所示的功率控制的流程,该流程具体包括:Optionally, the application further provides another method for power control, such as the process of power control shown in FIG. 10, where the process specifically includes:
步骤1001,终端设备确定对应于目标上行载波的功率信息。In step 1001, the terminal device determines power information corresponding to the target uplink carrier.
例如,该目标上行载波可以为第一上行载波或第二上行载波中的一个。应理解,该终端设备至少确定了该目标上行载波的功率信息,该终端设备可以确定了第一上行载波和第二上行载波中除该目标上行载波以外的另一上行载波的功率信息,也可以不确定该另一上行载波的功率信息,此处不做限定。For example, the target uplink carrier may be one of the first uplink carrier or the second uplink carrier. It should be understood that the terminal device determines the power information of the target uplink carrier, and the terminal device may determine the power information of another uplink carrier other than the target uplink carrier of the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier, or The power information of the other uplink carrier is not determined, and is not limited herein.
又例如,该目标上行载波可以同时包括第一上行载波和第二上行载波。应理解,该终端设备既确定了该第一上行载波的功率信息,又确定了该第二上行载波的功率信息。For another example, the target uplink carrier may include both the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier. It should be understood that the terminal device determines the power information of the first uplink carrier and the power information of the second uplink carrier.
例如,该功率信息可以包括第一功率与第二功率的差,该第一功率可以是该终端设备的最大发送功率,该最大发送功率可以是该终端设备的标称/额定最大发送,该标称/额定最大发送功率也可以叫做名义上的(nominal)最大发送功率;该第一功率也可以是该终端设备实际上的最大发送功率,此处并不限定该最大发送功率的类型。该第二功率可以是该终端设备预估的(estimated)上行信号发送功率,该预估的上行信号发送功率可以是该终端设备根据预定义的规则确定的,也可以是该终端设备根据其他方法确定的,此处不对该终端设备确定该功率的方法进行限定。具体的,该预估的上行信号发送功率可以是预估的上行数据/共享信道的发送功率,也可以是预估的上行控制信道的发送功率,又可以是预估的上行测量信号的发送功率,还可以是预估的上行数据/共享信道和上行控制信道的发送功率,当然,也可以是预估的其他上行信号的发送功率。For example, the power information may include a difference between the first power and the second power, where the first power may be a maximum transmit power of the terminal device, and the maximum transmit power may be a nominal/rated maximum transmit of the terminal device, where the target The nominal/rated maximum transmit power may also be referred to as a nominal maximum transmit power; the first power may also be the actual maximum transmit power of the terminal device, and the type of the maximum transmit power is not limited herein. The second power may be an estimated uplink signal transmission power of the terminal device, where the estimated uplink signal transmission power may be determined by the terminal device according to a predefined rule, or may be the terminal device according to other methods. Certainly, the method for determining the power of the terminal device is not limited herein. Specifically, the estimated uplink signal sending power may be the estimated uplink data/the shared channel transmit power, the estimated transmit power of the uplink control channel, or the estimated transmit power of the uplink measurement signal. It may also be the estimated transmit power of the uplink data/shared channel and the uplink control channel, and may of course be the estimated transmit power of other uplink signals.
又例如,该功率信息还可以包括该终端设备的最大发送功率。该最大发送功率可以是该终端设备的标称/额定最大发送,该标称/额定最大发送功率也可以叫做名义上的(nominal)最大发送功率;该第一功率也可以是该终端设备实际上的最大发送功率,此处并不限定该最大发送功率的类型。For another example, the power information may further include a maximum transmit power of the terminal device. The maximum transmit power may be a nominal/rated maximum transmit of the terminal device, and the nominal/rated maximum transmit power may also be referred to as a nominal maximum transmit power; the first power may also be that the terminal device actually The maximum transmit power, the type of the maximum transmit power is not limited here.
步骤1002,终端设备向网络设备发送该功率信息和指示信息。Step 1002: The terminal device sends the power information and the indication information to the network device.
该指示信息用于指示该功率信息对应的上行载波。The indication information is used to indicate an uplink carrier corresponding to the power information.
例如,在该目标上行载波为第一上行载波或第二上行载波中的一个的情况下,该目标上行载波为一个上行载波,该功率信息仅对应于该一个目标上行载波,该指示信息用于指示该一个目标上行载波。For example, when the target uplink carrier is one of the first uplink carrier or the second uplink carrier, the target uplink carrier is an uplink carrier, and the power information only corresponds to the one target uplink carrier, and the indication information is used for Indicates the one target uplink carrier.
可选的,该指示信息可以是显式的信息,例如,该指示信息包括1比特,在该比特为状态0的情况下,该指示信息指示该目标上行载波为第一上行载波,在该比特为状态0的情况下,该指示信息指示该目标上行载波为第二上行载波。应理解,该指示信息和该功率信息携带在同一消息中由该终端设备发送给该网络设备。Optionally, the indication information may be explicit information. For example, the indication information includes 1 bit. When the bit is in the state 0, the indication information indicates that the target uplink carrier is the first uplink carrier, where the bit is in the bit. In the case of state 0, the indication information indicates that the target uplink carrier is the second uplink carrier. It should be understood that the indication information and the power information are carried in the same message and sent by the terminal device to the network device.
可选的,该指示信息也可以是隐式的信息,例如,在该目标上行载波为第一上行载波的情况下,该终端设备在第一上行载波向该网络设备发送携带该功率信息的消息;在该目标上行载波为第二上行载波的情况下,该终端设备在第二上行载波向该网络设备发送携带该功率信息的消息。应理解,该指示信息隐式的承载在该终端设备向该网络设备发送的携带该功率信息的消息的上行载波中。Optionally, the indication information may also be implicit information. For example, if the target uplink carrier is the first uplink carrier, the terminal device sends a message carrying the power information to the network device on the first uplink carrier. If the target uplink carrier is the second uplink carrier, the terminal device sends a message carrying the power information to the network device on the second uplink carrier. It should be understood that the indication information is implicitly carried in an uplink carrier of the message carrying the power information sent by the terminal device to the network device.
又例如,该目标上行载波包括第一上行载波和第二上行载波,即该目标上行载波包括两个上行载波,则该功率信息包括对应于该第一上行载波的第一功率信息和对应该第二上行载波的第二功率信息。该第一功率信息和该第二功率信息可以携带在同一消息中由该终端设备发送给网络设备,也可以携带在不同的消息中由该终端设备发送给网络设备。For another example, the target uplink carrier includes a first uplink carrier and a second uplink carrier, that is, the target uplink carrier includes two uplink carriers, and the power information includes first power information corresponding to the first uplink carrier and corresponding Second power information of the second uplink carrier. The first power information and the second power information may be carried in the same message and sent by the terminal device to the network device, or may be carried in different messages and sent by the terminal device to the network device.
可选的,该指示信息可以是显式的信息,例如,该指示信息包括2比特,该2比特中的1比特指示该第一功率信息,另1比特指示该第二功率信息。具体的,该1比特为0时,该指示信息中不包括第一功率信息,该1比特为1时,则该指示信息中包括第一功率信息。该指示信息的比特数,和比特状态与含义的对应关系不限于上述举例。Optionally, the indication information may be explicit information. For example, the indication information includes 2 bits, 1 bit of the 2 bits indicates the first power information, and another 1 bit indicates the second power information. Specifically, when the 1 bit is 0, the first power information is not included in the indication information, and when the 1 bit is 1, the first power information is included in the indication information. The number of bits of the indication information, and the correspondence between the bit state and the meaning are not limited to the above examples.
可选的,该指示信息可以是隐式的信息,例如,该指示信息携带在该第一功率信息和该第二功率信息承载在携带该功率信息的消息中的位置或顺序中,例如,该第一功率信息承载在该消息中的第一域中,该第二功率信息承载在该消息中的第二域中,该第一域与该第一功率信息对应的第一上行载波对应,该第二域与该第二功率信息对应的第二上行载波对应。又例如,该第一功率信息承载在该消息中的第一域中,该第二功率信息承载在该消息中的第二域中,第一域在该消息中的编号小于第二域在该消息中的编号,应理解,编号较小的第一域与该第一功率信息对应的第一上行载波对应,编号较大的第一域与该第二功率信息对应的第二上行载波对应。需要说明的是,上述都为具体实施方式的举例,并不对方法进行限定。Optionally, the indication information may be implicit information. For example, the indication information is carried in a location or a sequence in which the first power information and the second power information are carried in a message carrying the power information, for example, The first power information is carried in the first domain in the message, and the second power information is carried in the second domain in the message, where the first domain corresponds to the first uplink carrier corresponding to the first power information, where The second domain corresponds to the second uplink carrier corresponding to the second power information. For another example, the first power information is carried in the first domain in the message, and the second power information is carried in the second domain in the message, where the number of the first domain in the message is smaller than the second domain in the For the number in the message, it should be understood that the first domain with a smaller number corresponds to the first uplink carrier corresponding to the first power information, and the first domain with a larger number corresponds to the second uplink carrier corresponding to the second power information. It should be noted that the above are examples of specific embodiments, and the method is not limited.
步骤1003,网络设备从终端设备接收功率信息和指示信息,并根据该指示信息确定功率信息对应的目标上行载波。Step 1003: The network device receives power information and indication information from the terminal device, and determines, according to the indication information, a target uplink carrier corresponding to the power information.
网络设备可以从终端设备接收功率信息和指示信息,该网络设备根据该指示信息确定该功率信息对应的目标上行载波。The network device may receive power information and indication information from the terminal device, and the network device determines, according to the indication information, a target uplink carrier corresponding to the power information.
在目标上行载波为第一上行载波或第二上行载波中的一个的情况下,网络设备接收的功率信息为功率信息可以为第一上行载波或第二上行载波的功率。该网络设备接收的指示信息的状态可以是显式的信息。例如,指示信息包括1比特,在该比特为状态0的情况下,该指示信息指示该目标上行载波为第一上行载波,则网络设备根据该指示信息可以确定该第一上行载波的第一功率信息对应的第一上行载波。在该比特为状态1的情况下,该指示信息指示该目标上行载波为第二上行载波,则网络设备根据该指示信息可以确定该第二上 行载波的第二功率信息对应的第二上行载波。In the case that the target uplink carrier is one of the first uplink carrier or the second uplink carrier, the power information received by the network device is that the power information may be the power of the first uplink carrier or the second uplink carrier. The status of the indication information received by the network device may be explicit information. For example, the indication information includes 1 bit. When the bit is in the state 0, the indication information indicates that the target uplink carrier is the first uplink carrier, and the network device can determine the first power of the first uplink carrier according to the indication information. The first uplink carrier corresponding to the information. In the case that the bit is in the state 1, the indication information indicates that the target uplink carrier is the second uplink carrier, and the network device can determine, according to the indication information, the second uplink carrier corresponding to the second power information of the second uplink carrier.
又例如,指示信息为隐式的信息时,在该目标上行载波为第一上行载波的情况下,网络设备在第一上行载波接收到终端设备发送的携带功率信息的消息,从而网络设备可以确定该功率信息为第一上行载波的功率信息,也就确定了该第一上行载波为目标上行载波。相应的,网络设备在第二上行载波接收到终端设备发的携带功率信息的消息,则网络设备可以确定该接收的功率信息为第二上行载波的功率信息,也就确定了该第二上行载波为目标上行载波。For example, when the indication information is implicit information, when the target uplink carrier is the first uplink carrier, the network device receives the message carrying the power information sent by the terminal device on the first uplink carrier, so that the network device can determine The power information is power information of the first uplink carrier, and the first uplink carrier is determined to be the target uplink carrier. Correspondingly, the network device receives the message carrying the power information sent by the terminal device, where the network device determines that the received power information is the power information of the second uplink carrier, and determines the second uplink carrier. For the target uplink carrier.
该目标上行载波也可以包括第一上行载波和第二上行载波,即该目标上行载波包括两个上行载波,该功率信息包括对应于该第一上行载波的第一功率信息和对应该第二上载波的第二功率信息。The target uplink carrier may also include a first uplink carrier and a second uplink carrier, that is, the target uplink carrier includes two uplink carriers, and the power information includes first power information corresponding to the first uplink carrier and corresponding to the second uplink. Second power information of the carrier.
可选的,指示信息为显示的信息时,例如,该指示信息为2比特时,该2比特中的1比特指示该第一功率信息,另1比特指示该第二功率信息。该1比特为0时,该指示信息中不包括第一功率信息,该1比特为1时,则该指示信息中包括第一功率信息。例如,网络设备接收到的指示信息为01时,表示接收到的功率信息为第二功率信息,不包括第一功率信息,从而可以确定出该第二功率信息对应的第二上行载波,即该第二上行载波为目标上行载波。又例如,网络设备接收到的指示信息为10时,表示接收到的功率信息为第一功率信息,不包括第二功率信息,从而可以确定出该第一功率信息对应的第一上行载波,即该第一上行载波为目标上行载波。还例如,网络设备接收到的指示信息为11时,表示接收到的功率信息为第一功率信息和第二功率信息,从而可以确定出第一功率信息对应的第一上行载波和第二功率信息对应的第二上行载波,即第一上行载波和第二上行载波为目标上行载波。Optionally, when the indication information is the displayed information, for example, when the indication information is 2 bits, 1 bit of the 2 bits indicates the first power information, and another 1 bit indicates the second power information. When the 1 bit is 0, the first power information is not included in the indication information, and when the 1 bit is 1, the first power information is included in the indication information. For example, when the indication information received by the network device is 01, the received power information is the second power information, and the first power information is not included, so that the second uplink carrier corresponding to the second power information may be determined, that is, the The second uplink carrier is a target uplink carrier. For another example, when the indication information received by the network device is 10, the received power information is the first power information, and the second power information is not included, so that the first uplink carrier corresponding to the first power information may be determined, that is, The first uplink carrier is a target uplink carrier. For example, when the indication information received by the network device is 11, the received power information is the first power information and the second power information, so that the first uplink carrier and the second power information corresponding to the first power information may be determined. The corresponding second uplink carrier, that is, the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier are target uplink carriers.
可选的,该指示信息为隐式的信息时,例如该指示信息携带在该第一功率信息和该第二功率信息承载在携带该功率信息的消息中的位置或顺序中,例如,该第一功率信息承载在该消息中的第一域中,该第二功率信息承载在该消息中的第二域中,该第一域与该第一功率信息对应的第一上行载波对应,该第二域与该第二功率信息对应的第二上行载波对应。例如,网络设备在接收到的消息的第一域中接收到功率信息,则网络设备可以确定该功率信息为第一上行载波的第一功率信息,从而确定出该第一功率信息对应的第一上行载波,即该第一上行载波为目标上行载波。又例如,网络设备在接收到的消息的第二域中接收到功率信息,则网络设备可以确定该功率信息为第二上行载波的第二功率信息,从而确定出该第二功率信息对应的第二上行载波,即该第二上行载波为目标上行载波。Optionally, when the indication information is implicit information, for example, the indication information is carried in a location or a sequence in which the first power information and the second power information are carried in a message carrying the power information, for example, the A power information is carried in a first domain in the message, the second power information is carried in a second domain in the message, and the first domain corresponds to a first uplink carrier corresponding to the first power information, where the The second domain corresponds to the second uplink carrier corresponding to the second power information. For example, the network device receives the power information in the first domain of the received message, and the network device may determine the power information as the first power information of the first uplink carrier, thereby determining the first corresponding to the first power information. The uplink carrier, that is, the first uplink carrier is the target uplink carrier. For another example, the network device receives the power information in the second domain of the received message, and the network device may determine that the power information is the second power information of the second uplink carrier, thereby determining that the second power information corresponds to the first The second uplink carrier, that is, the second uplink carrier is the target uplink carrier.
又例如,该第一功率信息承载在该消息中的第一域中,该第二功率信息承载在该消息中的第二域中,第一域在该消息中的编号小于第二域在该消息中的编号。此时,网络设备在消息中编号小的第一域接收到功率信息,表示该功率信息为第一上行载波的第一功率信息,可以取得出该第一功率信息对应的第一上行载波,即该第一上行载波为目标上行载波。需要说明的是,上述都为具体实施方式的举例,并不对方法进行限定。For another example, the first power information is carried in the first domain in the message, and the second power information is carried in the second domain in the message, where the number of the first domain in the message is smaller than the second domain in the The number in the message. At this time, the network device receives the power information in the first domain with the small number in the message, and indicates that the power information is the first power information of the first uplink carrier, and the first uplink carrier corresponding to the first power information may be obtained, that is, The first uplink carrier is a target uplink carrier. It should be noted that the above are examples of specific embodiments, and the method is not limited.
可选的,如图11所示的功率控制的流程,该流程具体包括:Optionally, the process of the power control shown in FIG. 11 includes:
步骤1101,终端设备向网络设备上报功率余量。Step 1101: The terminal device reports a power headroom to the network device.
该功率余量(power headroom)为终端设备的最大发射功率与终端确定的用于发送上行信号的功率的差,该最大发射功率可以是名义上的(nominal)的最大发射功率,也可以是实际的最大发射功率。终端设备确定的用于发送上信号的功率可以是终端设备确定的功 率的准确值,也可以是终端设备预计的值。The power headroom is the difference between the maximum transmit power of the terminal device and the power determined by the terminal for transmitting the uplink signal, and the maximum transmit power may be a nominal maximum transmit power, or may be actual. Maximum transmit power. The power determined by the terminal device for transmitting the uplink signal may be an accurate value of the power determined by the terminal device, or may be a value predicted by the terminal device.
该功率余量可以是终端设备的最大发射功率与终端设备预计的数据信号/数据信道的发送功率的差,也可使终端设备的最大发射功率与终端设备预计的测量信号的发送功率的差,还可以是终端设备的最大发射功率与终端设备预计的控制信号/控制信道的发送功率的差,还可以是终端设备的最大发射功率与终端设备预计的数据信号/数据信道和控制信号/控制信道的发送功率的差。The power headroom may be the difference between the maximum transmit power of the terminal device and the transmit power of the data signal/data channel expected by the terminal device, and may also be the difference between the maximum transmit power of the terminal device and the transmit power of the measurement signal expected by the terminal device. It may also be the difference between the maximum transmit power of the terminal device and the transmit power of the control signal/control channel predicted by the terminal device, and may also be the maximum transmit power of the terminal device and the expected data signal/data channel and control signal/control channel of the terminal device. The difference in transmission power.
考虑到终端设备可以在第一上行载波上发送上行信号,也可以在第二上行载波上发送上行信号,并且终端设备在第一上行载波上的最大发射功率和在第二上行载波上的最大发射功率可以不同,终端设备在第一上行载波上的确定的用于发送上行信号的功率和在第二上行载波上的确定的用于发送上行信号的功率也可以不同,所以对于该终端设备来说,对应于第一上行载波的功率余量的取值与对应于第二上行载波的功率余量的取值可以不同,从而该终端设备需要分别上报第一上行载波的功率余量和第二上行载波的功率余量。Considering that the terminal device can send the uplink signal on the first uplink carrier, the uplink signal can also be sent on the second uplink carrier, and the maximum transmit power of the terminal device on the first uplink carrier and the maximum transmission on the second uplink carrier. The power may be different, and the determined power for transmitting the uplink signal on the first uplink carrier and the determined power for transmitting the uplink signal on the second uplink carrier may also be different, so for the terminal device The value of the power headroom corresponding to the first uplink carrier and the value of the power headroom corresponding to the second uplink carrier may be different, so that the terminal device needs to separately report the power headroom of the first uplink carrier and the second uplink. The power headroom of the carrier.
目标上行载波可以为第一上行载波或第二上行载波中的一个。终端设备至少确定了该目标上行载波的功率余量,该终端设备也可以确定第一上行载波和第二上行载波中除了该目标上行子阿布以外的另一个上行载波的功率余量,也可以不确定该另一个上行载波的功率余量,此处不做限定。The target uplink carrier may be one of the first uplink carrier or the second uplink carrier. The terminal device determines at least the power headroom of the target uplink carrier, and the terminal device may determine a power headroom of another uplink carrier other than the target uplink sub-aibu in the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier, or may not The power headroom of the other uplink carrier is determined, which is not limited herein.
该目标上行载波也可以同时包括第一上行载波和第二上行载波,也就是说,该终端设备既确定了该第一上行载波的功率余量,也确定了该第二上行载波的功率余量。The target uplink carrier may also include the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier, that is, the terminal device determines both the power headroom of the first uplink carrier and the power headroom of the second uplink carrier. .
步骤1102,网络设备从终端设备接收功率余量,并确定功率余量对应的目标上行载波。Step 1102: The network device receives a power headroom from the terminal device, and determines a target uplink carrier corresponding to the power headroom.
终端设备在向网络设备上报功率余量时,需要同时在承载功率余量的消息中携带用于指示该功率余量对应的上行载波的指示信息,该指示信息指示第一上行载波或第二上行载波中的一个,从而网络设备可以根据该指示信息确定接收到的该功率余量对应的上行载波是第一上行载波,还是第二上行载波。否则,网络设备无法确定该功率余量对应的上行载波。When the terminal device reports the power headroom to the network device, the message carrying the power headroom needs to carry the indication information indicating the uplink carrier corresponding to the power headroom, and the indication information indicates the first uplink carrier or the second uplink. One of the carriers, so that the network device can determine, according to the indication information, whether the received uplink carrier corresponding to the power headroom is the first uplink carrier or the second uplink carrier. Otherwise, the network device cannot determine the uplink carrier corresponding to the power headroom.
该指示信息可以是显式的信息,例如,该指示信息包括1比特,在该比特为状态0的情况下,该指示信息指示该目标上行载波为第一上行载波,在该比特为状态0的情况下,该指示信息指示该目标上行载波为第二上行载波。应理解,该指示信息和该功率余量可以携带在同一消息中由该终端设备发送给该网络设备。The indication information may be explicit information. For example, the indication information includes 1 bit. When the bit is in the state 0, the indication information indicates that the target uplink carrier is the first uplink carrier, and the bit is state 0. In the case, the indication information indicates that the target uplink carrier is the second uplink carrier. It should be understood that the indication information and the power headroom may be carried in the same message and sent by the terminal device to the network device.
可选的,该指示信息也可以是隐式的信息,例如,在该目标上行载波为第一上行载波的情况下,该终端设备在第一上行载波向该网络设备发送携带该功率余量的消息;在该目标上行载波为第二上行载波的情况下,该终端设备在第二上行载波向该网络设备发送携带该功率余量的消息。应理解,该指示信息隐式的承载在该终端设备向该网络设备发送的携带该功率余量的消息的上行载波中。Optionally, the indication information may also be implicit information. For example, if the target uplink carrier is the first uplink carrier, the terminal device sends the power headroom to the network device on the first uplink carrier. The message is that, when the target uplink carrier is the second uplink carrier, the terminal device sends a message carrying the power headroom to the network device on the second uplink carrier. It should be understood that the indication information is implicitly carried in an uplink carrier of the message carrying the power headroom sent by the terminal device to the network device.
又例如,该目标上行载波包括第一上行载波和第二上行载波,即该目标上行载波包括两个上行载波,则该功率余量包括第一上行载波的功率余量和第二上行载波的功率余量。该第一上行载波的功率余量和该第二上行载波的功率余量可以携带在同一消息中由该终端设备发送给网络设备,也可以携带在不同的消息中由该终端设备发送给网络设备。For another example, the target uplink carrier includes a first uplink carrier and a second uplink carrier, that is, the target uplink carrier includes two uplink carriers, and the power headroom includes a power headroom of the first uplink carrier and a power of the second uplink carrier. margin. The power headroom of the first uplink carrier and the power headroom of the second uplink carrier may be carried in the same message by the terminal device to the network device, or may be carried in different messages and sent by the terminal device to the network device. .
可选的,该指示信息可以是显式的信息,例如,该指示信息包括2比特,该2比特中的1比特指示该第一上行载波的功率余量,另1比特指示该第二上行载波的功率余量。具体的,该1比特为0时,该指示信息中不包括第一上行载波的功率余量,该1比特为1时, 则该指示信息中包括第一上行载波的功率余量。该指示信息的比特数,和比特状态与含义的对应关系不限于上述举例。Optionally, the indication information may be explicit information. For example, the indication information includes 2 bits, where 1 bit of the 2 bits indicates a power headroom of the first uplink carrier, and another 1 bit indicates the second uplink carrier. Power margin. Specifically, when the 1 bit is 0, the power information of the first uplink carrier is not included in the indication information, and when the 1 bit is 1, the power information of the first uplink carrier is included in the indication information. The number of bits of the indication information, and the correspondence between the bit state and the meaning are not limited to the above examples.
可选的,该指示信息可以是隐式的信息,例如,该指示信息携带在该第一上行载波的功率余量和该第二上行载波的功率余量承载在携带该功率余量的消息中的位置或顺序中,例如,该第一上行载波的功率余量承载在该消息中的第一域中,该第一上行载波的功率余量承载在该消息中的第二域中,该第一域与该第一上行载波的功率余量对应的第一上行载波对应,该第二域与该第二上行载波的功率余量对应的第二上行载波对应。又例如,该第一上行载波的功率余量承载在该消息中的第一域中,该第二上行载波的功率余量承载在该消息中的第二域中,第一域在该消息中的编号小于第二域在该消息中的编号,应理解,编号较小的第一域与该第二上行载波的功率余量对应的第一上行载波对应,编号较大的第一域与该第二上行载波的功率余量对应的第二上行载波对应。需要说明的是,上述都为具体实施方式的举例,并不对方法进行限定。Optionally, the indication information may be implicit information. For example, the power remaining amount of the first uplink carrier carried by the indication information and the power margin of the second uplink carrier are carried in a message carrying the power headroom. In the position or sequence, for example, the power headroom of the first uplink carrier is carried in the first domain in the message, and the power headroom of the first uplink carrier is carried in the second domain in the message, the A domain corresponds to a first uplink carrier corresponding to a power headroom of the first uplink carrier, and the second domain corresponds to a second uplink carrier corresponding to a power headroom of the second uplink carrier. For another example, the power headroom of the first uplink carrier is carried in the first domain in the message, and the power headroom of the second uplink carrier is carried in the second domain in the message, where the first domain is in the message. The number of the second domain is smaller than the number of the second domain in the message. It should be understood that the first domain with a smaller number corresponds to the first uplink carrier corresponding to the power headroom of the second uplink carrier, and the first domain with a larger number is associated with the first domain. The second uplink carrier corresponding to the power headroom of the second uplink carrier corresponds to. It should be noted that the above are examples of specific embodiments, and the method is not limited.
在目标上行载波为第一上行载波或第二上行载波中的一个的情况下,网络设备接收的功率余量可以为第一上行载波或第二上行载波的功率余量。该网络设备接收的指示信息的状态可以是显式的信息。例如,指示信息包括1比特,在该比特为状态0的情况下,该指示信息指示该目标上行载波为第一上行载波,则网络设备根据该指示信息可以确定该第一上行载波的功率余量对应的第一上行载波。在该比特为状态1的情况下,该指示信息指示该目标上行载波为第二上行载波,则网络设备根据该指示信息可以确定该第二上行载波的功率余量对应的第二上行载波。In a case where the target uplink carrier is one of the first uplink carrier or the second uplink carrier, the power headroom received by the network device may be a power headroom of the first uplink carrier or the second uplink carrier. The status of the indication information received by the network device may be explicit information. For example, the indication information includes 1 bit. When the bit is in the state 0, the indication information indicates that the target uplink carrier is the first uplink carrier, and the network device can determine the power headroom of the first uplink carrier according to the indication information. Corresponding first uplink carrier. When the bit is in the state 1, the indication information indicates that the target uplink carrier is the second uplink carrier, and the network device can determine, according to the indication information, the second uplink carrier corresponding to the power headroom of the second uplink carrier.
又例如,指示信息为隐式的信息时,在该目标上行载波为第一上行载波的情况下,网络设备在第一上行载波接收到终端设备发送的携带功率余量的消息,从而网络设备可以确定该功率余量为第一上行载波的功率余量,也就确定了该第一上行载波为目标上行载波。相应的,网络设备在第二上行载波接收到终端设备发的携带功率余量的消息,则网络设备可以确定该接收的功率余量为第二上行载波的功率余量,也就确定了该第二上行载波为目标上行载波。For example, when the indication information is implicit information, when the target uplink carrier is the first uplink carrier, the network device receives the message carrying the power headroom sent by the terminal device on the first uplink carrier, so that the network device can The power headroom is determined to be the power headroom of the first uplink carrier, and the first uplink carrier is determined to be the target uplink carrier. Correspondingly, the network device receives the message carrying the power headroom sent by the terminal device on the second uplink carrier, and the network device determines that the received power headroom is the power headroom of the second uplink carrier, and determines the first The second uplink carrier is the target uplink carrier.
该目标上行载波也可以包括第一上行载波和第二上行载波,即该目标上行载波包括两个上行载波,该功率余量包括对应于该第一上行载波的功率余量和对应该第二上载波的功率余量。The target uplink carrier may also include a first uplink carrier and a second uplink carrier, that is, the target uplink carrier includes two uplink carriers, and the power headroom includes a power headroom corresponding to the first uplink carrier and corresponding to the second uplink. The power headroom of the carrier.
可选的,指示信息为显示的信息时,例如,该指示信息为2比特时,该2比特中的1比特指示该第一上行载波的功率余量,另1比特指示该第一上行载波的功率余量。该1比特为0时,该指示信息中不包括第一上行载波的功率余量,该1比特为1时,则该指示信息中包括第一上行载波的功率余量。例如,网络设备接收到的指示信息为01时,表示接收到的功率余量为第二上行载波的功率余量,不包括第一上行载波的功率余量,从而可以确定出该第二上行载波的功率余量对应的第二上行载波,即该第二上行载波为目标上行载波。又例如,网络设备接收到的指示信息为10时,表示接收到的功率余量为第一上行载波的功率余量,不包括第二上行载波的功率余量,从而可以确定出该第一上行载波的功率余量对应的第一上行载波,即该第一上行载波为目标上行载波。还例如,网络设备接收到的指示信息为11时,表示接收到的功率余量为第一上行载波的功率余量和第二上行载波的功率余量,从而可以确定出第一上行载波的功率余量对应的第一上行载波和第二上行载波的功率余量对应的第二上行载波,即第一上行载波和第二上行载波为目标上行载波。Optionally, when the indication information is the displayed information, for example, when the indication information is 2 bits, 1 bit of the 2 bits indicates a power headroom of the first uplink carrier, and another 1 bit indicates the first uplink carrier. Power headroom. When the 1 bit is 0, the power information of the first uplink carrier is not included in the indication information. When the 1 bit is 1, the indication information includes the power headroom of the first uplink carrier. For example, when the indication information received by the network device is 01, it indicates that the received power headroom is the power headroom of the second uplink carrier, and does not include the power headroom of the first uplink carrier, so that the second uplink carrier can be determined. The second uplink carrier corresponding to the power headroom, that is, the second uplink carrier is the target uplink carrier. For example, when the indication information received by the network device is 10, it indicates that the received power headroom is the power headroom of the first uplink carrier, and does not include the power headroom of the second uplink carrier, so that the first uplink can be determined. The first uplink carrier corresponding to the power headroom of the carrier, that is, the first uplink carrier is the target uplink carrier. For example, when the indication information received by the network device is 11, the received power headroom is the power headroom of the first uplink carrier and the power headroom of the second uplink carrier, so that the power of the first uplink carrier can be determined. The second uplink carrier corresponding to the power headroom of the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier, that is, the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier are the target uplink carriers.
可选的,该指示信息为隐式的信息时,例如该指示信息携带在该第一上行载波的功率余量和该第二上行载波的功率余量承载在携带该功率余量的消息中的位置或顺序中,例如,该第一上行载波的功率余量承载在该消息中的第一域中,该第二上行载波的功率余量承载在该消息中的第二域中,该第一域与该第一上行载波的功率余量对应的第一上行载波对应,该第二域与该第二上行载波的功率余量对应的第二上行载波对应。例如,网络设备在接收到的消息的第一域中接收到功率余量,则网络设备可以确定该功率余量为第一上行载波的功率余量,从而确定出该第一上行载波的功率余量对应的第一上行载波,即该第一上行载波为目标上行载波。又例如,网络设备在接收到的消息的第二域中接收到功率余量,则网络设备可以确定该功率余量为第二上行载波的功率余量,从而确定出该第二上行载波的功率余量对应的第二上行载波,即该第二上行载波为目标上行载波。Optionally, when the indication information is implicit information, for example, the power remaining amount of the first uplink carrier carried by the indication information and the power margin of the second uplink carrier are carried in a message carrying the power headroom. In a position or sequence, for example, a power headroom of the first uplink carrier is carried in a first domain in the message, and a power headroom of the second uplink carrier is carried in a second domain in the message, the first The domain corresponds to the first uplink carrier corresponding to the power headroom of the first uplink carrier, and the second domain corresponds to the second uplink carrier corresponding to the power headroom of the second uplink carrier. For example, the network device receives the power headroom in the first domain of the received message, and the network device may determine that the power headroom is the power headroom of the first uplink carrier, thereby determining the power balance of the first uplink carrier. The first uplink carrier corresponding to the quantity, that is, the first uplink carrier is the target uplink carrier. For another example, the network device receives the power headroom in the second domain of the received message, and the network device may determine the power headroom as the power headroom of the second uplink carrier, thereby determining the power of the second uplink carrier. The second uplink carrier corresponding to the remaining amount, that is, the second uplink carrier is the target uplink carrier.
又例如,该第一上行载波的功率余量承载在该消息中的第一域中,该第二上行载波的功率余量承载在该消息中的第二域中,第一域在该消息中的编号小于第二域在该消息中的编号。此时,网络设备在消息中编号小的第一域接收到功率余量,表示该功率余量为第一上行载波的功率余量,可以取得出该第一上行载波的功率余量对应的第一上行载波,即该第一上行载波为目标上行载波。需要说明的是,上述都为具体实施方式的举例,并不对方法进行限定。For another example, the power headroom of the first uplink carrier is carried in the first domain in the message, and the power headroom of the second uplink carrier is carried in the second domain in the message, where the first domain is in the message. The number is less than the number of the second field in the message. At this time, the network device receives the power headroom in the first field with the small number in the message, indicating that the power headroom is the power headroom of the first uplink carrier, and the power headroom corresponding to the power headroom of the first uplink carrier may be obtained. An uplink carrier, that is, the first uplink carrier is a target uplink carrier. It should be noted that the above are examples of specific embodiments, and the method is not limited.
可选的,本申请还提供另一种功率控制的流程,如图12所示的流程,该流程具体包括:Optionally, the application further provides another process of power control, such as the process shown in FIG. 12, where the process specifically includes:
步骤1201,网络设备确定功率控制信息和指示信息,该功率控制信息用于第一终端设备确定在目标上行载波上向该网络设备发送上行信号的功率,该指示信息用于指示该功率控制信息对应的该目标上行载波。In step 1201, the network device determines the power control information and the indication information, where the power control information is used by the first terminal device to determine the power of the uplink signal sent to the network device on the target uplink carrier, where the indication information is used to indicate that the power control information corresponds to The target uplink carrier.
可选的,该目标上行载波包括第一上行载波或第二上行载波中的一个,则该功率控制信息用于该第一终端设备确定在该第一上行载波或该第二上行载波中的一个上行载波上向该网络设备发送上行信号的功率,从而该指示信息用于指示该功率控制信息对应的该第一上行载波或该第二上行载波中的一个。Optionally, the target uplink carrier includes one of the first uplink carrier or the second uplink carrier, and the power control information is used by the first terminal device to determine one of the first uplink carrier or the second uplink carrier. The power of the uplink signal is sent to the network device on the uplink carrier, and the indication information is used to indicate one of the first uplink carrier or the second uplink carrier corresponding to the power control information.
可选的,该目标上行载波包括第一上行载波和第二上行载波,则该功率控制信息包括用于指示该第一终端设备确定在该第一上行载波上向该网络设备发送上行信号的功率的第一功率控制信息,同时也包括用于指示该第一终端设备确定在该第二上行载波上向该网络设备发送上行信号的功率的第二功率控制信息,该指示信息包括用于指示该第一功率控制信息对应的该第一上行载波的第一指示信息,和用于指示该第二功率控制信息对应的该第二上行载波的第二指示信息。Optionally, the target uplink carrier includes a first uplink carrier and a second uplink carrier, where the power control information includes a power for instructing the first terminal device to determine to send an uplink signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier. The first power control information, and the second power control information for instructing the first terminal device to determine the power for transmitting the uplink signal to the network device on the second uplink carrier, the indication information includes First indication information of the first uplink carrier corresponding to the first power control information, and second indication information of the second uplink carrier corresponding to the second power control information.
步骤1202,网络设备将该功率控制信息和该指示信息发送给该第一终端设备。Step 1202: The network device sends the power control information and the indication information to the first terminal device.
可选的,在该目标上行载波包括第一上行载波或第二上行载波中的一个的情况下,该网络设备可以将该功率控制信息和该指示信息携带在同一个下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)中。Optionally, in a case that the target uplink carrier includes one of the first uplink carrier or the second uplink carrier, the network device may carry the power control information and the indication information in the same downlink control information (downlink control information) , DCI).
例如,该功率控制信息包含在该DCI中的第一字段中,该指示信息包含在该DCI中的第二字段中。示例性的,该第一字段可以是2比特也可以是1比特,该第二字段可以是1比特。具体的,该第二字段可以理解为载波指示字段,称为SC_UL_Index,当然也可以是其他名称,此处不做限定。该第二字段为0时,则指示TDD载波(NR UL);该第二字段为1时,则指示SUL载波,需要说明的是,该第二字段的取值与指示的载波的对应关系可 以是协议中预先定义好的,也就是说,协议中预先确定载波指示字段为0时,指示TDD载波(NR UL),载波指示字段为1时,指示SUL。当然,该对应关系也可以是配置的。此外,对于该第二字段的实施方式并不限于本申请,也适用在其他需要指示至少两个载波中的一个的载波情况,尤其是对于拥有SUL的NR系统,即NR配置了一个TDD载波和一个SUL的场景。例如,用于上行调度的DCI中也可以包含该第二字段,该用于上行调度的DCI可以是回退的DCI,也可以是终端专用的DCI,当然也可以是其他类型的DCI。For example, the power control information is included in a first field in the DCI, the indication information being included in a second field in the DCI. Exemplarily, the first field may be 2 bits or 1 bit, and the second field may be 1 bit. Specifically, the second field may be referred to as a carrier indication field, which is called an SC_UL_Index, and may be other names, which are not limited herein. When the second field is 0, the TDD carrier (NR UL) is indicated; when the second field is 1, the SUL carrier is indicated. It should be noted that the correspondence between the value of the second field and the indicated carrier may be It is pre-defined in the protocol, that is, when the carrier indication field is 0 in the protocol, the TDD carrier (NR UL) is indicated, and when the carrier indication field is 1, the SUL is indicated. Of course, the correspondence can also be configured. Furthermore, the implementation of the second field is not limited to the present application, but is also applicable to other carrier situations that need to indicate one of the at least two carriers, especially for an NR system with SUL, ie, the NR is configured with a TDD carrier and A SUL scene. For example, the DCI used for uplink scheduling may also include the second field. The DCI used for uplink scheduling may be a DCI for back-off, or a DCI for a terminal, or other types of DCI.
又例如,该功率控制信息和该指示信息都包含在该DCI中的第三字段中,应理解,该功率控制信息和该指示信息采用联合编码的方式包含在该第三字段中,该第三字段可以是3比特也可以是2比特。该DCI还可以包含多个3比特的第三字段,如字段1,字段2,字段3……等。其中,每个字段包含对应于一个终端设备的功率控制信息和指示信息。For another example, the power control information and the indication information are both included in a third field in the DCI. It should be understood that the power control information and the indication information are included in the third field by means of joint coding, and the third The field can be 3 bits or 2 bits. The DCI may also contain a plurality of 3-bit third fields, such as field 1, field 2, field 3, and the like. Each of the fields includes power control information and indication information corresponding to one terminal device.
进一步的,该DCI中除了包括该第一终端设备对应的功率控制信息和指示信息之外,还可以包括第二终端设备对应的功率控制信息和/或指示信息,该第二终端设备可以是多个第二终端设备。例如,该DCI中可以包括任一第二终端设备的功率控制信息和指示信息,应理解,该DCI中可以只包含第一种字段,即每个字段都包含功率控制信息和指示信息。又例如,该DCI中可以包含两种字段,第一种字段为包含功率控制信息和指示信息的字段,第二种字段为只包含功率控制信息的字段。在这种情况下,第一种字段和第二种字段的比特长度可以相同,也可以不同。示例性的,第一种字段包含3比特,第二种字段也包含3比特,但是第二种字段中只有2比特用于功率控制信息,另外1比特为预留比特或填充比特。或者,第一字段包含3比特,该3比特包含了功率控制信息和指示信息,第二种字段包含2比特,该2比特只包含功率控制信息。Further, in addition to the power control information and the indication information corresponding to the first terminal device, the DCI may further include power control information and/or indication information corresponding to the second terminal device, where the second terminal device may be multiple. Second terminal devices. For example, the DCI may include power control information and indication information of any second terminal device. It should be understood that the DCI may include only the first type of field, that is, each field includes power control information and indication information. For another example, the DCI may include two fields, a first field is a field containing power control information and indication information, and a second field is a field containing only power control information. In this case, the bit lengths of the first field and the second field may be the same or different. Illustratively, the first field contains 3 bits and the second field also contains 3 bits, but only 2 bits in the second field are used for power control information, and the other 1 bit is reserved or padded. Alternatively, the first field contains 3 bits, the 3 bits contain power control information and indication information, and the second field contains 2 bits, and the 2 bits only contain power control information.
又例如,该DCI中包含多个功率控制信息,每个功率控制信息对应于一个终端设备,同时该DCI中还包含一个指示信息,该指示信息指示该多个功率控制信息对应的目标上行载波。此时,对于接收该DCI的多个终端设备,这些终端设备根据该一个指示信息确定的目标上行载波为相同的上行载波。For another example, the DCI includes a plurality of power control information, where each power control information corresponds to a terminal device, and the DCI further includes an indication information indicating a target uplink carrier corresponding to the multiple power control information. At this time, for a plurality of terminal devices that receive the DCI, the target uplink carriers determined by the terminal devices according to the one indication information are the same uplink carrier.
又例如,该指示信息可以隐式的携带在该DCI中,例如,网络设备可以采用两种不同的标识对该DCI进行加扰,其中,该两种不同的标识中的第一标识对应第一上行载波,该两种不同的标识中的第二标识对应第二上行载波,从而终端设备可以根据该DCI的加扰标识来确定目标载波。具体的,该标识可以是无线网络临时标识(radio network tempory identity,RNTI),也可以是其他标识,此处不做限定。For example, the indication information may be implicitly carried in the DCI. For example, the network device may use the two different identifiers to scramble the DCI, where the first identifier of the two different identifiers corresponds to the first identifier. The uplink carrier, the second identifier of the two different identifiers corresponds to the second uplink carrier, so that the terminal device can determine the target carrier according to the scrambling identifier of the DCI. Specifically, the identifier may be a radio network tempory identity (RNTI), or may be other identifiers, which is not limited herein.
可选的,在该目标上行载波包括第一上行载波或第二上行载波中的一个的情况下,该网络设备可以将该功率控制信息携带在DCI中发送给该终端设备,而将该指示信息携带在其他信令中发送给该终端设备。该其他信令可以是高层信令,如无线资源控制RRC层信令。Optionally, in a case that the target uplink carrier includes one of the first uplink carrier or the second uplink carrier, the network device may carry the power control information in the DCI and send the information to the terminal device, where the indication information is The bearer is sent to the terminal device in other signaling. The other signaling may be higher layer signaling, such as radio resource control RRC layer signaling.
例如,该网络设备将功率控制信息携带在该DCI中的第1和第2比特上,则该网络设备除了将该DCI发送给该终端设备外,该网络设备还将该指示信息发送给该终端设备,该指示信息用于指示该终端设备对应于该目标载波的功率控制信息在该DCI中的比特位置,在这个例子中,该指示信息指示该DCI中的第1和第2比特。具体的,该指示信息可以直接指示第1和第2比特,或者该指示信息可以指示第1比特,同时该网络设备和该终端设备都预先获知该功率控制信息会承载在该DCI中的连续的两比特上。For example, the network device carries the power control information on the first and second bits in the DCI, and the network device sends the indication information to the terminal, in addition to sending the DCI to the terminal device. And the indication information is used to indicate a bit position of the power control information corresponding to the target carrier in the DCI, and in this example, the indication information indicates the first and second bits in the DCI. Specifically, the indication information may directly indicate the first bit and the second bit, or the indication information may indicate the first bit, and both the network device and the terminal device know in advance that the power control information is carried in the continuous DCI. On two bits.
例如,DCI的第1比特对应第一上行载波的功率控制信息,DCI的第2比特对应第二 上行载波的功率控制信息。指示信息指示DCI的第1比特时,网络设备在该DCI的第1比特上携带的是第一上行载波的功率控制信息,终端设备根据指示信息可以确定该第1比特上携带的功率控制信息对应的目标上行载波为第一上行载波。For example, the first bit of the DCI corresponds to the power control information of the first uplink carrier, and the second bit of the DCI corresponds to the power control information of the second uplink carrier. When the indication information indicates the first bit of the DCI, the network device carries the power control information of the first uplink carrier on the first bit of the DCI, and the terminal device can determine, according to the indication information, the power control information carried on the first bit. The target uplink carrier is the first uplink carrier.
可选的,在该目标上行载波包括第一上行载波和第二上行载波的情况下,该网络设备将该第一功率控制信息和该第二功率控制信息携带在同一DCI中发送给该终端设备,该网络设备将第一指示信息和该第二指示信息携带在其他信令中发送给该终端设备。该其他信令可以是高层信令,如无线资源控制RRC层信令。Optionally, if the target uplink carrier includes the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier, the network device carries the first power control information and the second power control information in the same DCI and sends the information to the terminal device. The network device carries the first indication information and the second indication information in other signaling and sends the information to the terminal device. The other signaling may be higher layer signaling, such as radio resource control RRC layer signaling.
例如,该网络设备将该第一功率控制信息携带在该DCI中的第1和第2比特上,将该第二功率控制信息携带在该DCI中的第3和第4比特上,则该网络设备除了将该DCI发送给该终端设备外,该网络设备还将该第一指示信息和该第二指示信息发送给该终端设备,该第一指示信息和该第二指示信息分别指示该终端设备对应于该第一上行载波的第一功率控制信息和对应于该第二上行载波的第二功率控制信息在该DCI中的比特位置,在这个例子中,该第一指示信息指示该DCI中的第1和第2比特,具体的,该指示信息可以直接指示第1和第2比特,或者该指示信息可以指示第1比特,同时该网络设备和该终端设备都预先获知该功率控制信息会承载在该DCI中的连续的两比特上。该第二指示信息指示该DCI中的第3和第4比特,具体指示方式与该第一指示信息类似,此处不再赘述。需要说明的是,该第一功率控制信息和/或该第二功率控制信息在该DCI中的比特位置,比特数都不限于这个例子,还可以有其他的取值。For example, the network device carries the first power control information on the first and second bits in the DCI, and carries the second power control information on the third and fourth bits in the DCI, then the network The device sends the first indication information and the second indication information to the terminal device, and the first indication information and the second indication information respectively indicate the terminal device. a first power control information corresponding to the first uplink carrier and a bit position of the second power control information corresponding to the second uplink carrier in the DCI, in this example, the first indication information indicates in the DCI The first and second bits, specifically, the indication information may directly indicate the first and second bits, or the indication information may indicate the first bit, and both the network device and the terminal device know in advance that the power control information is to be carried. On consecutive two bits in the DCI. The second indication information indicates the third and fourth bits in the DCI, and the specific indication manner is similar to the first indication information, and details are not described herein again. It should be noted that the bit position of the first power control information and/or the second power control information in the DCI is not limited to this example, and other values may be used.
例如,指示信息指示第1比特和第2比特时,网络设备在该DCI上携带的功率控制信息为第一上行载波的第一功率控制信息,终端设备可以根据指示信息确定该第一功率控制信息对应的目标上行载波为第一上行载波。又例如,指示信息指示第3比特和第4比特时,网络设备在该DCI上携带的功率控制信息为第二上行载波的第二功率控制信息,终端设备可以根据指示信息确定该第二功率控制信息对应的目标上行载波为第二上行载波。For example, when the indication information indicates the first bit and the second bit, the power control information carried by the network device on the DCI is the first power control information of the first uplink carrier, and the terminal device may determine the first power control information according to the indication information. The corresponding target uplink carrier is the first uplink carrier. For example, when the indication information indicates the third bit and the fourth bit, the power control information carried by the network device on the DCI is the second power control information of the second uplink carrier, and the terminal device may determine the second power control according to the indication information. The target uplink carrier corresponding to the information is the second uplink carrier.
在上述实施例中,网络设备给第一终端设备发送的下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)可以是针对多个终端设备发送的DCI,即公共组(group common)DCI,当然也可以是专用于第一终端设备的DCI。In the foregoing embodiment, the downlink control information (DCI) sent by the network device to the first terminal device may be a DCI sent by multiple terminal devices, that is, a group common DCI, or may be dedicated. The DCI of the first terminal device.
需要说明的是,此处的字段只是用于描述该DCI中的一个或多个比特,并不限定该DCI中的某些比特的名称。比如,该DCI中总共包含30比特,可以将这30个比特理解为一个字段,当然也可以将这个30个比特中的1个或多个比特理解为一个字段,此处对此不做限定。还需要说明的是,该DCI中也可以包含一些预留比特,或填充比特。It should be noted that the fields herein are only used to describe one or more bits in the DCI, and do not limit the names of certain bits in the DCI. For example, the DCI contains a total of 30 bits, and the 30 bits can be understood as a field. Of course, one or more of the 30 bits can be understood as a field, which is not limited herein. It should also be noted that the DCI may also include some reserved bits, or padding bits.
步骤1203,终端设备从网络设备接收功率控制信息和指示信息。该终端设备可以根据该指示信息确定该功率控制信息对应的目标上行载波。Step 1203: The terminal device receives power control information and indication information from the network device. The terminal device may determine, according to the indication information, a target uplink carrier corresponding to the power control information.
该指示信息用于指示终端设备确定功率参数。例如,该指示信息指示终端设备调整该功率参数,示例性的,该指示信息指示﹣1dB,其中,dB表示分贝值,则该终端设备确定该功率参数的取值在之前取值的基础上降低1dB。又例如,该指示信息指示终端设备确定该功率参数,示例性的,该指示信息指示4dB,则该终端设备确定该功率参数的取值为4dB。The indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to determine the power parameter. For example, the indication information indicates that the terminal device adjusts the power parameter. For example, the indication information indicates -1 dB, where dB indicates a decibel value, and the terminal device determines that the value of the power parameter is lower than the previous value. 1dB. For another example, the indication information indicates that the terminal device determines the power parameter. For example, the indication information indicates 4 dB, and the terminal device determines that the value of the power parameter is 4 dB.
可选的,目标上行载波包括第一上行载波或第二上行载波中的一个时,终端设备在DCI中接收到功率控制信息和指示信息。该指示新可以隐式的携带在该DCI中,例如,可以采用两种不同的标识对该DCI进行加扰,其中第一标识对应第一上行载波,第二标识对应第二上行载波。例如,终端设备在接收到DCI中得到第一标识时,可以确定接收到的功率控 制信息为第一上行载波的功率控制信息,从而可以确定出该接收到的第一上行载波的功率控制信息对应的第一上行载波,即该第一上行载波为目标上行载波。又例如,终端设备在接收到DCI中得到第二标识时,可以确定接收到的功率控制信息为第二上行载波的功率控制信息,从而可以确定出该接收到的第二上行载波的功率控制信息对应的第二上行载波,即该第二上行载波为目标上行载波。Optionally, when the target uplink carrier includes one of the first uplink carrier or the second uplink carrier, the terminal device receives the power control information and the indication information in the DCI. The new indicator may be implicitly carried in the DCI. For example, the DCI may be scrambled by using two different identifiers, where the first identifier corresponds to the first uplink carrier, and the second identifier corresponds to the second uplink carrier. For example, when the terminal device obtains the first identifier in the DCI, the terminal device may determine that the received power control information is the power control information of the first uplink carrier, so that the power control information of the received first uplink carrier may be determined to be corresponding. The first uplink carrier, that is, the first uplink carrier is the target uplink carrier. For example, when receiving the second identifier in the DCI, the terminal device may determine that the received power control information is the power control information of the second uplink carrier, so that the received power control information of the second uplink carrier may be determined. Corresponding second uplink carrier, that is, the second uplink carrier is a target uplink carrier.
可选的,该指示信息也可以是携带在其他信令中发送给终端设备的,该其他信令可以是高层信令,如无线资源控制RRC层信令。指示信息可以指示该终端设备对应于该目标载波的功率控制信息在该DCI中的比特位置。此时,终端设备在高层信令中接收的指示信息为DCI中的第1比特时,终端设备可以确定携带在该DCI中的功率控制信息为第一上行载波的功率控制信息,从而可以确定出该接收到的第一上行载波的功率控制信息对应的第一上行载波,即该第一上行载波为目标上行载波。又例如,终端设备在高层信令中接收的指示信息为DCI中的第2比特时,终端设备可以确定携带在该DCI中的功率控制信息为第二上行载波的功率控制信息,从而可以确定出该接收到的第二上行载波的功率控制信息对应的第二上行载波,即该第二上行载波为目标上行载波。Optionally, the indication information may also be carried in other signaling and sent to the terminal device, where the other signaling may be high layer signaling, such as radio resource control RRC layer signaling. The indication information may indicate a bit position of the power control information of the terminal device corresponding to the target carrier in the DCI. At this time, when the indication information received by the terminal device in the high layer signaling is the first bit in the DCI, the terminal device may determine that the power control information carried in the DCI is the power control information of the first uplink carrier, so that the terminal device may determine The first uplink carrier corresponding to the received power control information of the first uplink carrier, that is, the first uplink carrier is the target uplink carrier. For example, when the indication information received by the terminal device in the high layer signaling is the second bit in the DCI, the terminal device may determine that the power control information carried in the DCI is the power control information of the second uplink carrier, so that the terminal device may determine The second uplink carrier corresponding to the received power control information of the second uplink carrier, that is, the second uplink carrier is the target uplink carrier.
可选的,目标上行载波也可以包括第一上行载波和第二上行载波。该第一上行载波的第一功率控制信息和第二上行载波的第二功率控制信息可以携带在同一DCI中。例如,该第一功率控制信息携带在该DCI中的第1和第2比特上,该第二功率控制信息携带在该DCI中的第3和第4比特上。指示信息可以携带在高层信令上,该指示信息包括第一上行载波对应的第一指示信息和第二上行载波对应的第二指示信息。该第一指示信息和该第二指示信息分别指示该终端设备对应于该第一上行载波的第一功率控制信息和对应于该第二上行载波的第二功率控制信息在该DCI中的比特位置。Optionally, the target uplink carrier may also include the first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier. The first power control information of the first uplink carrier and the second power control information of the second uplink carrier may be carried in the same DCI. For example, the first power control information is carried on the first and second bits in the DCI, and the second power control information is carried on the third and fourth bits in the DCI. The indication information may be carried on the high layer signaling, where the indication information includes first indication information corresponding to the first uplink carrier and second indication information corresponding to the second uplink carrier. The first indication information and the second indication information respectively indicate a first power control information of the first uplink carrier and a bit position of the second power control information corresponding to the second uplink carrier in the DCI. .
例如,终端设备接收的指示信息为第1比特时,终端设备可以确定携带在该DCI中的功率控制信息为第一功率控制信息,从而可以确定出该接收到的第一功率控制信息对应的第一上行载波,即该第一上行载波为目标上行载波。又例如,终端设备在高层信令中接收的指示信息为DCI中的第2比特时,终端设备可以确定携带在该DCI中的功率控制信息为第一功率控制信息,从而可以确定出该接收到的第一功率控制信息对应的第一上行载波,即该第一上行载波为目标上行载波。还例如,终端设备在高层信令中接收的指示信息为DCI中的第3比特时,终端设备可以确定携带在该DCI中的功率控制信息为第二功率控制信息,从而可以确定出该接收到的第二功率控制信息对应的第二上行载波,即该第二上行载波为目标上行载波。For example, when the indication information received by the terminal device is the first bit, the terminal device may determine that the power control information carried in the DCI is the first power control information, so that the first corresponding to the received first power control information may be determined. An uplink carrier, that is, the first uplink carrier is a target uplink carrier. For example, when the indication information received by the terminal device in the high layer signaling is the second bit in the DCI, the terminal device may determine that the power control information carried in the DCI is the first power control information, so that the receiving may be determined. The first uplink carrier corresponding to the first power control information, that is, the first uplink carrier is the target uplink carrier. For example, when the indication information received by the terminal device in the high layer signaling is the third bit in the DCI, the terminal device may determine that the power control information carried in the DCI is the second power control information, so that the receiving may be determined. The second uplink carrier corresponding to the second power control information, that is, the second uplink carrier is the target uplink carrier.
需要说明的是,该第一功率控制信息和/或该第二功率控制信息在该DCI中的比特位置,比特数都不限于这个例子,还可以有其他的取值。It should be noted that the bit position of the first power control information and/or the second power control information in the DCI is not limited to this example, and other values may be used.
基于相同的发明构思,如图13所示,为本申请提供的一种装置示意图,该装置可以是终端设备,可执行上述任一实施例中由终端设备执行的方法。Based on the same inventive concept, as shown in FIG. 13 , a schematic diagram of a device provided by the present application, which may be a terminal device, may perform the method performed by the terminal device in any of the foregoing embodiments.
该终端设备1300包括至少一个处理器1301,收发器1302,可选地,还包括存储器1303。所述处理器1301、收发器1302、存储器1303互相连接。The terminal device 1300 includes at least one processor 1301, a transceiver 1302, and optionally a memory 1303. The processor 1301, the transceiver 1302, and the memory 1303 are connected to each other.
处理器1301可以是一个通用中央处理器,微处理器,特定应用集成电路,或一个或多个用于控制本申请的实施例的程序执行的集成电路。The processor 1301 can be a general purpose central processing unit, a microprocessor, an application specific integrated circuit, or one or more integrated circuits for controlling program execution of embodiments of the present application.
所述收发器1302,用于与其他设备或通信网络通信,收发器包括射频电路。The transceiver 1302 is configured to communicate with other devices or communication networks, and the transceiver includes a radio frequency circuit.
存储器1303可以是只读存储器或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备 随机存取存储器或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器、只读光盘或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器1303可以是独立存在,与处理器1301相连接。存储器1303也可以和处理器集成在一起。其中,所述存储器1303用于存储执行本申请的实施例的应用程序代码,并由处理器1301来控制执行。所述处理器1301用于执行所述存储器1303中存储的应用程序代码。The memory 1303 can be a read only memory or other type of static storage device random access memory that can store static information and instructions or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, or can be an electrically erasable programmable read only memory. , read-only disc or other disc storage, optical disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or capable of carrying or storing instructions or data The desired program code in the form of a structure and any other medium that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto. The memory 1303 may be independent and connected to the processor 1301. The memory 1303 can also be integrated with the processor. The memory 1303 is configured to store application code that executes an embodiment of the present application, and is controlled by the processor 1301 for execution. The processor 1301 is configured to execute application code stored in the memory 1303.
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,处理器1301可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图13中的CPU0和CPU1。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the processor 1301 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG.
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,终端设备1300可以包括多个处理器,例如图13中的处理器1301和处理器1308。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器,也可以是一个多核(multi-CPU)处理器,这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the terminal device 1300 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 1301 and the processor 1308 in FIG. Each of these processors may be a single-CPU processor or a multi-core processor, where the processor may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or A processing core for processing data, such as computer program instructions.
应理解,该终端设备可以用于实现本申请提供的信息发送、接收方法中由终端设备执行的步骤,相关特征可以参照上文,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that the terminal device may be used to implement the steps performed by the terminal device in the method for transmitting and receiving information provided by the present application. For related features, reference may be made to the above, and details are not described herein again.
本申请可以根据上述方法示例对终端设备进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。比如,在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下,图14示出了一种装置示意图,该装置可以是上述实施例中所涉及的终端设备,该装置包括处理单元1401和通信单元1402。The application may divide the function module into the terminal device according to the above method example. For example, each function module may be divided according to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. The above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and may be further divided in actual implementation. For example, in the case where the respective functional modules are divided by respective functions, FIG. 14 shows a schematic diagram of a device which may be the terminal device involved in the above embodiment, the device including the processing unit 1401 and the communication unit 1402.
所述通信单元1402,用于从网络设备接收指示信息,所述指示信息指示定时调整参数,其中,所述定时调整参数用于确定在第一上行载波上和在第二上行载波上的发送定时,所述第一上行载波为第一无线接入技术的上行载波,所述第二上行载波为第二无线接入技术的上行载波;The communication unit 1402 is configured to receive indication information from the network device, where the indication information indicates a timing adjustment parameter, where the timing adjustment parameter is used to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the second uplink carrier. The first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the first radio access technology, and the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the second radio access technology;
处理单元1401,用于根据所述通信单元1402接收的指示信息确定所述定时调整参数。The processing unit 1401 is configured to determine the timing adjustment parameter according to the indication information received by the communication unit 1402.
可选的,所述第二上行载波包括至少两个第二上行载波,所述至少两个第二上行载波属于同一个小区;Optionally, the second uplink carrier includes at least two second uplink carriers, and the at least two second uplink carriers belong to the same cell.
所述定时调整参数用于所述处理单元1401确定在第一上行载波上和在所述至少两个第二上行载波上的发送定时。The timing adjustment parameter is used by the processing unit 1401 to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the at least two second uplink carriers.
可选的,所述至少两个第二上行载波包括至少一个TDD载波和至少一个SUL载波。Optionally, the at least two second uplink carriers include at least one TDD carrier and at least one SUL carrier.
可选的,所述第一上行载波为主小区的载波,所述第二上行载波为辅小区的载波;Optionally, the first uplink carrier is a carrier of a primary cell, and the second uplink carrier is a carrier of a secondary cell;
所述通信单元1402从所述网络设备接收所述指示信息时,具体用于:When the communication unit 1402 receives the indication information from the network device, specifically, the communication unit 1402 is configured to:
在第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收所述指示信息,其中,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一小区,或者所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一无线接入技术。Receiving the indication information from the network device on a first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to the same cell, or the first downlink carrier and the first An uplink carrier belongs to the same radio access technology.
可选的,所述第一无线接入技术为LTE,所述第二无线接入技术为NR。Optionally, the first radio access technology is LTE, and the second radio access technology is NR.
可选的,所述第一上行载波为主小区的上行载波,所述第二上行载波为辅小区的上行 载波;Optionally, the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of a primary cell, and the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of a secondary cell;
所述处理单元1401还用于:The processing unit 1401 is further configured to:
控制所述通信单元1402在第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收下行参考信号,其中,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一个小区;Controlling the communication unit 1402 to receive a downlink reference signal from the network device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to the same cell;
根据所述通信单元1402接收的下行参考信号确定在所述第二上行载波上向所述网络设备发送上行信号的功率。Determining, according to the downlink reference signal received by the communication unit 1402, the power of transmitting the uplink signal to the network device on the second uplink carrier.
可选的,所述处理单元1401还用于:Optionally, the processing unit 1401 is further configured to:
控制所述通信单元1402在第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收下行参考信号,其中,所述第一下行载波为第一无线接入技术的下行载波,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一个小区;Controlling the communication unit 1402 to receive a downlink reference signal from the network device on a first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of a first radio access technology, and the first downlink carrier And the first uplink carrier belongs to the same cell;
根据所述通信单元1402接收的下行参考信号确定在所述第二上行载波上向所述网络设备发送上行信号的功率。Determining, according to the downlink reference signal received by the communication unit 1402, the power of transmitting the uplink signal to the network device on the second uplink carrier.
可选的,所述处理单元1401还用于:Optionally, the processing unit 1401 is further configured to:
控制所述通信单元1402在第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收下行参考信号,其中,所述第一下行载波为所述第一无线接入技术的下行载波,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于不同的小区;Controlling the communication unit 1402 to receive a downlink reference signal from the network device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of the first radio access technology, the first downlink The row carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to different cells;
根据所述通信单元1402接收的下行参考信号确定在所述第二上行载波上向所述网络设备发送上行信号的功率。Determining, according to the downlink reference signal received by the communication unit 1402, the power of transmitting the uplink signal to the network device on the second uplink carrier.
应理解,该终端设备可以用于实现本申请的信息发送、接收方法中由终端设备执行的步骤,相关特征可以参照上文,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that the terminal device may be used to implement the steps performed by the terminal device in the information sending and receiving method of the present application. For related features, reference may be made to the above, and details are not described herein again.
基于相同的发明构思,如图15所示,为本申请的实施例提供的一种装置示意图,该装置可以是网络设备,可执行上述任一实施例中由网络设备执行的方法。Based on the same inventive concept, as shown in FIG. 15 , a schematic diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application, which may be a network device, may perform the method performed by the network device in any of the foregoing embodiments.
该网络设备1500包括至少一个处理器1501,收发器1502,可选地,还包括存储器1503。所述处理器1501、收发器1502、存储器1503互相连接。The network device 1500 includes at least one processor 1501, a transceiver 1502, and optionally a memory 1503. The processor 1501, the transceiver 1502, and the memory 1503 are connected to each other.
处理器1501可以是一个通用中央处理器(CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制本申请的实施例程序执行的集成电路。The processor 1501 can be a general purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the program of the embodiments of the present application. .
所述收发器1502,用于与其他设备或通信网络通信,收发器包括射频电路。The transceiver 1502 is configured to communicate with other devices or communication networks, and the transceiver includes a radio frequency circuit.
存储器1503可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmabler-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器1503可以是独立存在,与处理器1501相连接。存储器1503也可以和处理器集成在一起。其中,所述存储器1503用于存储执行本申请的实施例的应用程序代码,并由处理器1501来控制执行。所述处理器1501用于执行所述存储器1503中存储的应用程序代码。The memory 1503 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other type of static storage device random access memory (RAM) that can store static information and instructions or other types of information and instructions that can store information. The dynamic storage device may also be an electrically erasable programmabler-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, or a disc storage (including Compressed optical discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer Any other medium, but not limited to this. The memory 1503 may exist independently and be coupled to the processor 1501. The memory 1503 can also be integrated with the processor. The memory 1503 is configured to store application code that executes an embodiment of the present application, and is controlled to be executed by the processor 1501. The processor 1501 is configured to execute application code stored in the memory 1503.
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,处理器1501可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图15中的CPU0和CPU1。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the processor 1501 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG.
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,网络设备1500可以包括多个处理器,例如图15中的处理器1501和处理器1508。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器,也可以是一个多核(multi-CPU)处理器,这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。In a particular implementation, as an embodiment, network device 1500 can include multiple processors, such as processor 1501 and processor 1508 in FIG. Each of these processors may be a single-CPU processor or a multi-core processor, where the processor may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or A processing core for processing data, such as computer program instructions.
应理解,该网络设备可以用于实现本申请的信息发送、接收方法中由网络设备执行的步骤,相关特征可以参照上文,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that the network device may be used to implement the steps performed by the network device in the information sending and receiving method of the present application. For related features, reference may be made to the above, and details are not described herein again.
本申请可以根据上述方法示例对网络设备进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。比如,在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下,图16示出了一种装置示意图,该装置可以是上述实施例中所涉及的网络设备,该装置包括处理单元1601和通信单元1602。The application may divide the functional modules of the network device according to the foregoing method example. For example, each functional module may be divided according to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. The above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and may be further divided in actual implementation. For example, in the case of dividing each functional module by corresponding functions, FIG. 16 shows a schematic diagram of a device, which may be the network device involved in the above embodiment, and the device includes a processing unit 1601 and a communication unit 1602.
所述处理单元1601,用于确定指示信息,所述指示信息指示定时调整参数,其中,所述定时调整参数用于终端设备确定在第一上行载波上和在第二上行载波上的发送定时,所述第一上行载波为第一无线接入技术的上行载波,所述第二上行载波为第二无线接入技术的上行载波;The processing unit 1601 is configured to determine indication information, where the indication information indicates a timing adjustment parameter, where the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the second uplink carrier, The first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the first radio access technology, and the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the second radio access technology;
所述通信单元1602,用于向所述终端设备发送所述处理单元1601确定的指示信息。The communication unit 1602 is configured to send the indication information determined by the processing unit 1601 to the terminal device.
可选的,所述第二上行载波包括至少两个第二上行载波,所述至少两个第二上行载波属于同一个小区;Optionally, the second uplink carrier includes at least two second uplink carriers, and the at least two second uplink carriers belong to the same cell.
所述定时调整参数用于所述终端设备确定在第一上行载波上和在所述至少两个第二上行载波上的发送定时。The timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the at least two second uplink carriers.
可选的,所述至少两个第二上行载波包括至少一个TDD载波和至少一个SUL载波。Optionally, the at least two second uplink carriers include at least one TDD carrier and at least one SUL carrier.
可选的,所述第一上行载波为主小区的载波,所述第二上行载波为辅小区的载波;Optionally, the first uplink carrier is a carrier of a primary cell, and the second uplink carrier is a carrier of a secondary cell;
所述通信单元1602向所述终端设备发送所述指示信息时,具体用于:When the communication unit 1602 sends the indication information to the terminal device, specifically, the communication unit 1602 is configured to:
在第一下行载波上向所述终端设备发送所述指示信息,其中,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一小区,或者所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一无线接入技术。Sending the indication information to the terminal device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to the same cell, or the first downlink carrier and the first An uplink carrier belongs to the same radio access technology.
可选的,所述第一无线接入技术为LTE,所述第二无线接入技术为NR。Optionally, the first radio access technology is LTE, and the second radio access technology is NR.
可选的,所述第一上行载波为主小区的上行载波,所述第二上行载波为辅小区的上行载波;Optionally, the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of a primary cell, and the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of a secondary cell;
所述处理单元1601还用于:The processing unit 1601 is further configured to:
控制所述通信单元1602在第一下行载波上向所述终端设备发送下行参考信号,其中,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一个小区。The communication unit 1602 is configured to send a downlink reference signal to the terminal device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to the same cell.
可选的,所述处理单元1601还用于:Optionally, the processing unit 1601 is further configured to:
控制所述通信单元1602在第一下行载波上向所述终端设备发送下行参考信号,其中,所述第一下行载波为第一无线接入技术的下行载波,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一个小区。The communication unit 1602 is configured to send a downlink reference signal to the terminal device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of the first radio access technology, and the first downlink carrier is used. And the first uplink carrier belongs to the same cell.
可选的,所述处理单元1601还用于:Optionally, the processing unit 1601 is further configured to:
控制所述通信单元1602在第一下行载波上向所述网络设备发送下行参考信号,其中, 所述第一下行载波为所述第一无线接入技术的下行载波,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于不同的小区。Controlling the communication unit 1602 to send a downlink reference signal to the network device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of the first radio access technology, and the first downlink The row carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to different cells.
应理解,该网络设备可以用于实现本申请的实施例的信息发送、接收的方法中由网络设备执行的步骤,相关特征可以参照上文,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that the network device may be used to implement the steps performed by the network device in the method for sending and receiving information in the embodiment of the present application. For related features, reference may be made to the above, and details are not described herein again.
本申请的实施例还提供了一种计算机存储介质,用于储存为上述网络设备或终端设备所用的计算机软件指令,其包含用于执行上述方法实施例所设计的程序代码。The embodiment of the present application further provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions for the network device or the terminal device, which includes program code for executing the foregoing method embodiment.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本申请可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the application can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Thus, the present application can take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment in combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the application can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
本申请是参照根据本申请的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The present application is described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (systems), and computer program products according to the present application. It will be understood that each flow and/or block of the flowchart illustrations and/or FIG. These computer program instructions can be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor, or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine for the execution of instructions for execution by a processor of a computer or other programmable data processing device. Means for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of the flow chart.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。The computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device. The apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device. The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various modifications and changes can be made in the present application without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. Thus, it is intended that the present invention cover the modifications and variations of the present invention.

Claims (58)

  1. 一种信息接收方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for receiving information, characterized in that the method comprises:
    终端设备接收网络设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息包括定时调整参数,所述定时调整参数用于所述终端设备确定在第一上行载波上和在第二上行载波上的发送定时,其中,所述第一上行载波和所述第二上行载波为同一小区内的上行载波;The terminal device receives the indication information sent by the network device, where the indication information includes a timing adjustment parameter, where the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the second uplink carrier, where The first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier are uplink carriers in the same cell;
    所述终端设备根据所述指示信息确定所述定时调整参数。The terminal device determines the timing adjustment parameter according to the indication information.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 1 wherein
    如果用于第一上行载波的第一子载波间隔与用于第二上行载波的第二子载波间隔不同,所述定时调整参数对应的定时调整粒度为所述第一子载波间隔和所述第二子载波间隔中的较大者对应的定时调整粒度,其中第一上行载波为时分双工TDD载波。If the first subcarrier spacing for the first uplink carrier is different from the second subcarrier spacing for the second uplink carrier, the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the timing adjustment parameter is the first subcarrier spacing and the first The timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the larger of the two subcarrier intervals, wherein the first uplink carrier is a time division duplex TDD carrier.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二上行子载波为上行增补SUL载波。The method according to claim 2, wherein the second uplink subcarrier is an uplink supplemental SUL carrier.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,第一定时偏移值与第二定时偏移值相等;其中,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the first timing offset value is equal to the second timing offset value; wherein
    所述第一偏移值为所述终端设备在所述第一上行载波上向所述网络设备发送随机接入信号的第一定时相对于在第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收下行信号的第三定时的偏移值;The first offset value is that the terminal device sends a random access signal to the network device at a first timing on the first uplink carrier, and receives a downlink from the network device on a first downlink carrier. The offset value of the third timing of the signal;
    所述第二偏移值为所述终端设备在所述第二上行载波上向所述网络设备发送随机接入信号的第二定时相对于在所述第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收下行信号的所述第三定时的偏移值。The second offset value is a second timing at which the terminal device sends a random access signal to the network device on the second uplink carrier, and is from the network device on the first downlink carrier. Receiving an offset value of the third timing of the downlink signal.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波为相关联的时分双工TDD载波,所述第二上行载波为上行增补SUL载波。The method according to claim 4, wherein the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier are associated time division duplex TDD carriers, and the second uplink carrier is an uplink supplemental SUL carrier.
  6. 一种信息发送方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for transmitting information, characterized in that the method comprises:
    网络设备确定指示信息,所述指示信息包括定时调整参数;所述定时调整参数用于终端设备确定在第一上行载波上和在第二上行载波上的发送定时,其中,所述第一上行载波和所述第二上行载波为同一小区内的上行载波;The network device determines indication information, where the indication information includes a timing adjustment parameter, where the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the second uplink carrier, where the first uplink carrier And the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier in the same cell;
    所述网络设备向终端设备发送所述指示信息。The network device sends the indication information to the terminal device.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 6 wherein:
    如果用于第一上行载波的第一子载波间隔与用于第二上行载波的第二子载波间隔不同,所述定时调整参数对应的定时调整粒度为所述第一子载波间隔和所述第二子载波间隔中的较大者对应的定时调整粒度,其中第一上行载波为时分双工TDD载波。If the first subcarrier spacing for the first uplink carrier is different from the second subcarrier spacing for the second uplink carrier, the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the timing adjustment parameter is the first subcarrier spacing and the first The timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the larger of the two subcarrier intervals, wherein the first uplink carrier is a time division duplex TDD carrier.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二上行子载波为上行增补SUL载波。The method according to claim 7, wherein the second uplink subcarrier is an uplink supplemental SUL carrier.
  9. 根据权利要求6-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,第一定时偏移值与第二定时偏移值相等;其中,The method according to any one of claims 6-8, wherein the first timing offset value is equal to the second timing offset value; wherein
    所述第一定时偏移值为所述终端设备在所述第一上行载波上向所述网络设备发送随机接入信号的第一定时相对于在第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收下行信号的第三定时的偏移值,所述第二定时偏移值为所述终端设备在所述第二上行载波上向所述网络设备发送随机接入信号的第二定时相对于在所述第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收下行信 号的所述第三定时的偏移值。The first timing offset value is a first timing at which the terminal device sends a random access signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier, and is received from the network device on a first downlink carrier. An offset value of the third timing of the downlink signal, where the second timing offset value is a second timing at which the terminal device sends a random access signal to the network device on the second uplink carrier, The offset value of the third timing of receiving the downlink signal from the network device on the first downlink carrier.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波为相关联的时分双工TDD载波,所述第二上行载波为上行增补SUL载波。The method according to claim 9, wherein the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier are associated time division duplex TDD carriers, and the second uplink carrier is an uplink supplemental SUL carrier.
  11. 一种信息接收的装置,其特征在于,包括:An apparatus for receiving information, comprising:
    通信单元,用于接收网络设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息包括定时调整参数,所述定时调整参数用于所述终端设备确定在第一上行载波上和在第二上行载波上的发送定时,其中,所述第一上行载波和所述第二上行载波为同一小区内的上行载波;和a communication unit, configured to receive indication information sent by the network device, where the indication information includes a timing adjustment parameter, where the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the second uplink carrier. The first uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier are uplink carriers in the same cell; and
    处理单元,用于根据所述指示信息确定所述定时调整参数。And a processing unit, configured to determine the timing adjustment parameter according to the indication information.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的装置,其特征在于,The device of claim 11 wherein:
    如果用于第一上行载波的第一子载波间隔与用于第二上行载波的第二子载波间隔不同,所述定时调整参数对应的定时调整粒度为所述第一子载波间隔和所述第二子载波间隔中的较大者对应的定时调整粒度,其中第一上行载波为时分双工TDD载波。If the first subcarrier spacing for the first uplink carrier is different from the second subcarrier spacing for the second uplink carrier, the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the timing adjustment parameter is the first subcarrier spacing and the first The timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the larger of the two subcarrier intervals, wherein the first uplink carrier is a time division duplex TDD carrier.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二上行子载波为上行增补SUL载波。The apparatus according to claim 12, wherein the second uplink subcarrier is an uplink supplemental SUL carrier.
  14. 根据权利要求11-13任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,第一定时偏移值与第二定时偏移值相等,其中,The apparatus according to any one of claims 11 to 13, wherein the first timing offset value is equal to the second timing offset value, wherein
    所述第一定时偏移值为所述终端设备在所述第一上行载波上向所述网络设备发送随机接入信号的第一定时相对于在第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收下行信号的第三定时的偏移值,所述第二定时偏移值为所述终端设备在所述第二上行载波上向所述网络设备发送随机接入信号的第二定时相对于在所述第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收下行信号的所述第三定时的偏移值。The first timing offset value is a first timing at which the terminal device sends a random access signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier, and is received from the network device on a first downlink carrier. An offset value of the third timing of the downlink signal, where the second timing offset value is a second timing at which the terminal device sends a random access signal to the network device on the second uplink carrier, The offset value of the third timing of receiving the downlink signal from the network device on the first downlink carrier.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的装置,其特征在于,其中,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波为相关联的时分双工TDD载波,所述第二上行载波为上行增补SUL载波。The apparatus according to claim 14, wherein the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier are associated time division duplex TDD carriers, and the second uplink carrier is an uplink supplemental SUL carrier. .
  16. 一种信息发送的装置,其特征在,包括:A device for transmitting information, comprising:
    处理单元,用于确定指示信息,所述指示信息包括定时调整参数;所述定时调整参数用于终端设备确定在第一上行载波上和在第二上行载波上的发送定时,其中,所述第一上行载波和所述第二上行载波为同一小区内的上行载波;;和a processing unit, configured to determine indication information, where the indication information includes a timing adjustment parameter, where the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the second uplink carrier, where the An uplink carrier and the second uplink carrier are uplink carriers in the same cell;
    通信单元,用于向终端设备发送所述指示信息。And a communication unit, configured to send the indication information to the terminal device.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的装置,其特征在于,The device of claim 16 wherein:
    如果用于第一上行载波的第一子载波间隔与用于第二上行载波的第二子载波间隔不同,所述定时调整参数对应的定时调整粒度为所述第一子载波间隔和所述第二子载波间隔中的较大者对应的定时调整粒度,其中第一上行载波为时分双工TDD载波。If the first subcarrier spacing for the first uplink carrier is different from the second subcarrier spacing for the second uplink carrier, the timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the timing adjustment parameter is the first subcarrier spacing and the first The timing adjustment granularity corresponding to the larger of the two subcarrier intervals, wherein the first uplink carrier is a time division duplex TDD carrier.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二上行子载波为上行增补SUL载波。The apparatus according to claim 17, wherein the second uplink subcarrier is an uplink supplemental SUL carrier.
  19. 根据权利要求16-18任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,第一定时偏移值与第二定时偏移值相等,其中,The apparatus according to any one of claims 16 to 18, wherein the first timing offset value is equal to the second timing offset value, wherein
    所述第一定时偏移值为所述终端设备在所述第一上行载波上向所述网络设备发送随机接入信号的第一定时相对于在第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收下行信号的第三定时的偏移值,所述第二定时偏移值为所述终端设备在所述第二上行载波上向所述网络设备发送随机接入信号的第二定时相对于在所述第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收下行信 号的所述第三定时的偏移值。The first timing offset value is a first timing at which the terminal device sends a random access signal to the network device on the first uplink carrier, and is received from the network device on a first downlink carrier. An offset value of the third timing of the downlink signal, where the second timing offset value is a second timing at which the terminal device sends a random access signal to the network device on the second uplink carrier, The offset value of the third timing of receiving the downlink signal from the network device on the first downlink carrier.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波为相关联的时分双工TDD载波,所述第二上行载波为上行增补SUL载波。The apparatus according to claim 19, wherein the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier are associated time division duplex TDD carriers, and the second uplink carrier is an uplink supplemental SUL carrier.
  21. 一种信息接收的方法,其特征在于,该方法包括:A method for receiving information, characterized in that the method comprises:
    终端设备从网络设备接收指示信息,所述指示信息指示定时调整参数,其中,所述定时调整参数用于所述终端设备确定在第一上行载波上和在第二上行载波上的发送定时,所述第一上行载波为第一无线接入技术的上行载波,所述第二上行载波为第二无线接入技术的上行载波;The terminal device receives the indication information from the network device, where the indication information indicates a timing adjustment parameter, where the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the second uplink carrier, where The first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the first radio access technology, and the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the second radio access technology;
    所述终端设备根据所述指示信息确定所述定时调整参数。The terminal device determines the timing adjustment parameter according to the indication information.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二上行载波包括至少两个第二上行载波,所述至少两个第二上行载波属于同一个小区;The method according to claim 21, wherein the second uplink carrier comprises at least two second uplink carriers, and the at least two second uplink carriers belong to the same cell;
    所述定时调整参数用于所述终端设备确定在第一上行载波上和在所述至少两个第二上行载波上的发送定时。The timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the at least two second uplink carriers.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少两个第二上行载波包括至少一个时分双工TDD载波和至少一个上行增补SUL载波。The method of claim 22, wherein the at least two second uplink carriers comprise at least one time division duplex TDD carrier and at least one uplink supplemental SUL carrier.
  24. 根据权利要求21至23任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一上行载波为主小区的载波,所述第二上行载波为辅小区的载波;The method according to any one of claims 21 to 23, wherein the first uplink carrier is a carrier of a primary cell, and the second uplink carrier is a carrier of a secondary cell;
    所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收所述指示信息,包括:The receiving, by the terminal device, the indication information from the network device, including:
    所述终端设备在第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收所述指示信息,其中,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一小区,或者所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一无线接入技术。The terminal device receives the indication information from the network device on a first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to the same cell, or the first downlink carrier And the first uplink carrier belongs to the same radio access technology.
  25. 根据权利要求21至24任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一无线接入技术为长期演进LTE,所述第二无线接入技术为新空口NR。The method according to any one of claims 21 to 24, wherein the first radio access technology is Long Term Evolution (LTE), and the second radio access technology is a new air interface NR.
  26. 根据权利要求21至25任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一上行载波为主小区的上行载波,所述第二上行载波为辅小区的上行载波,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 21 to 25, wherein the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of a primary cell, and the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of a secondary cell, the method further comprising:
    所述终端设备在第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收下行参考信号,其中,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一个小区;The terminal device receives a downlink reference signal from the network device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to the same cell;
    所述终端设备根据所述下行参考信号确定在所述第二上行载波上向所述网络设备发送上行信号的功率。The terminal device determines, according to the downlink reference signal, a power for transmitting an uplink signal to the network device on the second uplink carrier.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 26, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备在第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收下行参考信号,其中,所述第一下行载波为所述第一无线接入技术的下行载波,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一个小区;The terminal device receives a downlink reference signal from the network device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of the first radio access technology, and the first downlink carrier And the first uplink carrier belongs to the same cell;
    所述终端设备根据所述下行参考信号确定在所述第二上行载波上向所述网络设备发送上行信号的功率。The terminal device determines, according to the downlink reference signal, a power for transmitting an uplink signal to the network device on the second uplink carrier.
  28. 根据权利要求21至25任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:The method according to any one of claims 21 to 25, wherein the method comprises:
    所述终端设备在第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收下行参考信号,其中,所述第一下行载波为所述第一无线接入技术的下行载波,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于不同的小区;The terminal device receives a downlink reference signal from the network device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of the first radio access technology, and the first downlink carrier And the first uplink carrier belongs to a different cell;
    所述终端设备根据所述下行参考信号确定在所述第二上行载波上向所述网络设备发 送上行信号的功率。Determining, by the terminal device, the power of sending an uplink signal to the network device on the second uplink carrier according to the downlink reference signal.
  29. 一种信息发送的方法,其特征在于,该方法包括:A method for transmitting information, characterized in that the method comprises:
    网络设备确定指示信息,所述指示信息指示定时调整参数,其中,所述定时调整参数用于终端设备确定在第一上行载波上和在第二上行载波上的发送定时,所述第一上行载波为第一无线接入技术的上行载波,所述第二上行载波为第二无线接入技术的上行载波;The network device determines indication information, where the indication information indicates a timing adjustment parameter, where the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the second uplink carrier, the first uplink carrier An uplink carrier of the first radio access technology, where the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the second radio access technology;
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送所述指示信息。The network device sends the indication information to the terminal device.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二上行载波包括至少两个第二上行载波,所述至少两个第二上行载波属于同一个小区;The method according to claim 29, wherein the second uplink carrier comprises at least two second uplink carriers, and the at least two second uplink carriers belong to the same cell;
    所述定时调整参数用于所述终端设备确定在第一上行载波上和在所述至少两个第二上行载波上的发送定时。The timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the at least two second uplink carriers.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少两个第二上行载波包括至少一个时分双工TDD载波和至少一个上行增补SUL载波。The method of claim 30, wherein the at least two second uplink carriers comprise at least one time division duplex TDD carrier and at least one uplink supplemental SUL carrier.
  32. 根据权利要求29至31任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一上行载波为主小区的载波,所述第二上行载波为辅小区的载波;The method according to any one of claims 29 to 31, wherein the first uplink carrier is a carrier of a primary cell, and the second uplink carrier is a carrier of a secondary cell;
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送所述指示信息,包括:The sending, by the network device, the indication information to the terminal device, including:
    所述网络设备在第一下行载波上向所述终端设备发送所述指示信息,其中,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一小区,或者所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一无线接入技术。The network device sends the indication information to the terminal device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to the same cell, or the first downlink carrier And the first uplink carrier belongs to the same radio access technology.
  33. 根据权利要求29至32任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一无线接入技术为长期演进LTE,所述第二无线接入技术为新空口NR。The method according to any one of claims 29 to 32, wherein the first radio access technology is Long Term Evolution (LTE), and the second radio access technology is a new air interface NR.
  34. 根据权利要求29至33任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一上行载波为主小区的上行载波,所述第二上行载波为辅小区的上行载波,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 29 to 33, wherein the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of a primary cell, and the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of a secondary cell, the method further comprising:
    所述网络设备在第一下行载波上向所述终端设备发送下行参考信号,其中,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一个小区。The network device sends a downlink reference signal to the terminal device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to the same cell.
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 34, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备在第一下行载波上向所述终端设备发送下行参考信号,其中,所述第一下行载波为第一无线接入技术的下行载波,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一个小区。The network device sends a downlink reference signal to the terminal device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of the first radio access technology, and the first downlink carrier and the downlink carrier The first uplink carrier belongs to the same cell.
  36. 根据权利要求29至33任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 29 to 33, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备在第一下行载波上向所述网络设备发送下行参考信号,其中,所述第一下行载波为所述第一无线接入技术的下行载波,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于不同的小区。The network device sends a downlink reference signal to the network device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of the first radio access technology, and the first downlink carrier And the first uplink carrier belongs to a different cell.
  37. 一种信息接收的装置,其特征在于,包括:通信单元和处理单元;An apparatus for receiving information, comprising: a communication unit and a processing unit;
    所述通信单元,用于从网络设备接收指示信息,所述指示信息指示定时调整参数,其中,所述定时调整参数用于确定在第一上行载波上和在第二上行载波上的发送定时,所述第一上行载波为第一无线接入技术的上行载波,所述第二上行载波为第二无线接入技术的上行载波;The communication unit is configured to receive indication information from the network device, where the indication information indicates a timing adjustment parameter, where the timing adjustment parameter is used to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the second uplink carrier, The first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the first radio access technology, and the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the second radio access technology;
    处理单元,用于根据所述通信单元接收的指示信息确定所述定时调整参数。And a processing unit, configured to determine the timing adjustment parameter according to the indication information received by the communication unit.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二上行载波包括至少两个第二上行载波,所述至少两个第二上行载波属于同一个小区;The apparatus according to claim 37, wherein the second uplink carrier comprises at least two second uplink carriers, and the at least two second uplink carriers belong to the same cell;
    所述定时调整参数用于所述处理单元确定在第一上行载波上和在所述至少两个第二上行载波上的发送定时。The timing adjustment parameter is used by the processing unit to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the at least two second uplink carriers.
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的装置,其特征在于,所述至少两个第二上行载波包括至少一个时分双工TDD载波和至少一个上行增补SUL载波。The apparatus of claim 38, wherein the at least two second uplink carriers comprise at least one time division duplex TDD carrier and at least one uplink supplemental SUL carrier.
  40. 根据权利要求37至39任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一上行载波为主小区的载波,所述第二上行载波为辅小区的载波;The device according to any one of claims 37 to 39, wherein the first uplink carrier is a carrier of a primary cell, and the second uplink carrier is a carrier of a secondary cell;
    所述通信单元从所述网络设备接收所述指示信息时,具体用于:When the communication unit receives the indication information from the network device, specifically:
    在第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收所述指示信息,其中,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一小区,或者所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一无线接入技术。Receiving the indication information from the network device on a first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to the same cell, or the first downlink carrier and the first An uplink carrier belongs to the same radio access technology.
  41. 根据权利要求37至40任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一无线接入技术为长期演进LTE,所述第二无线接入技术为新空口NR。The device according to any one of claims 37 to 40, wherein the first radio access technology is Long Term Evolution (LTE), and the second radio access technology is a new air interface NR.
  42. 根据权利要求37至41任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一上行载波为主小区的上行载波,所述第二上行载波为辅小区的上行载波;The device according to any one of claims 37 to 41, wherein the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of a primary cell, and the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of a secondary cell;
    所述处理单元还用于:The processing unit is further configured to:
    控制所述通信单元在第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收下行参考信号,其中,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一个小区;Controlling, by the communication unit, a downlink reference signal from the network device on a first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to the same cell;
    根据所述通信单元接收的下行参考信号确定在所述第二上行载波上向所述网络设备发送上行信号的功率。Determining, according to the downlink reference signal received by the communication unit, the power of transmitting the uplink signal to the network device on the second uplink carrier.
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于:The device according to claim 42, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
    控制所述通信单元在第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收下行参考信号,其中,所述第一下行载波为第一无线接入技术的下行载波,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一个小区;Controlling, by the communication unit, a downlink reference signal from the network device on a first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of a first radio access technology, and the first downlink carrier is The first uplink carrier belongs to the same cell;
    根据所述通信单元接收的下行参考信号确定在所述第二上行载波上向所述网络设备发送上行信号的功率。Determining, according to the downlink reference signal received by the communication unit, the power of transmitting the uplink signal to the network device on the second uplink carrier.
  44. 根据权利要求37至41任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 37 to 41, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
    控制所述通信单元在第一下行载波上从所述网络设备接收下行参考信号,其中,所述第一下行载波为所述第一无线接入技术的下行载波,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于不同的小区;Controlling, by the communication unit, a downlink reference signal from the network device on a first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of the first radio access technology, and the first downlink is The carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to different cells;
    根据所述通信单元接收的下行参考信号确定在所述第二上行载波上向所述网络设备发送上行信号的功率。Determining, according to the downlink reference signal received by the communication unit, the power of transmitting the uplink signal to the network device on the second uplink carrier.
  45. 一种信息发送的装置,其特征在于,包括:处理单元和通信单元;An apparatus for transmitting information, comprising: a processing unit and a communication unit;
    所述处理单元,用于确定指示信息,所述指示信息指示定时调整参数,其中,所述定时调整参数用于终端设备确定在第一上行载波上和在第二上行载波上的发送定时,所述第一上行载波为第一无线接入技术的上行载波,所述第二上行载波为第二无线接入技术的上行载波;The processing unit is configured to determine indication information, where the indication information indicates a timing adjustment parameter, where the timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the second uplink carrier, where The first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the first radio access technology, and the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of the second radio access technology;
    所述通信单元,用于向所述终端设备发送所述处理单元确定的指示信息。The communication unit is configured to send the indication information determined by the processing unit to the terminal device.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二上行载波包括至少两个第二上行载波,所述至少两个第二上行载波属于同一个小区;The apparatus according to claim 45, wherein the second uplink carrier comprises at least two second uplink carriers, and the at least two second uplink carriers belong to the same cell;
    所述定时调整参数用于所述终端设备确定在第一上行载波上和在所述至少两个第二 上行载波上的发送定时。The timing adjustment parameter is used by the terminal device to determine a transmission timing on the first uplink carrier and on the at least two second uplink carriers.
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的装置,其特征在于,所述至少两个第二上行载波包括至少一个时分双工TDD载波和至少一个上行增补SUL载波。The apparatus of claim 46, wherein the at least two second uplink carriers comprise at least one time division duplex TDD carrier and at least one uplink supplemental SUL carrier.
  48. 根据权利要求45至47任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一上行载波为主小区的载波,所述第二上行载波为辅小区的载波;The device according to any one of claims 45 to 47, wherein the first uplink carrier is a carrier of a primary cell, and the second uplink carrier is a carrier of a secondary cell;
    所述通信单元向所述终端设备发送所述指示信息时,具体用于:When the communication unit sends the indication information to the terminal device, specifically:
    在第一下行载波上向所述终端设备发送所述指示信息,其中,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一小区,或者所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一无线接入技术。Sending the indication information to the terminal device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to the same cell, or the first downlink carrier and the first An uplink carrier belongs to the same radio access technology.
  49. 根据权利要求45至48任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一无线接入技术为长期演进LTE,所述第二无线接入技术为新空口NR。The device according to any one of claims 45 to 48, wherein the first radio access technology is Long Term Evolution (LTE), and the second radio access technology is a new air interface NR.
  50. 根据权利要求45至49任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一上行载波为主小区的上行载波,所述第二上行载波为辅小区的上行载波;The device according to any one of claims 45 to 49, wherein the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of a primary cell, and the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier of a secondary cell;
    所述处理单元还用于:The processing unit is further configured to:
    控制所述通信单元在第一下行载波上向所述终端设备发送下行参考信号,其中,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一个小区。Controlling, by the communication unit, the downlink reference signal to be sent to the terminal device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to the same cell.
  51. 根据权利要求50所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于:The device according to claim 50, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
    控制所述通信单元在第一下行载波上向所述终端设备发送下行参考信号,其中,所述第一下行载波为第一无线接入技术的下行载波,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于同一个小区。Controlling, by the communication unit, the downlink reference signal to be sent to the terminal device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of the first radio access technology, and the first downlink carrier is The first uplink carrier belongs to the same cell.
  52. 根据权利要求45至49任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 45 to 49, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
    控制所述通信单元在第一下行载波上向所述网络设备发送下行参考信号,其中,所述第一下行载波为所述第一无线接入技术的下行载波,所述第一下行载波与所述第一上行载波属于不同的小区。Controlling, by the communication unit, the downlink reference signal to be sent to the network device on the first downlink carrier, where the first downlink carrier is a downlink carrier of the first radio access technology, and the first downlink is The carrier and the first uplink carrier belong to different cells.
  53. 一种芯片,其特征在于,所述芯片与存储器相连,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的软件程序,以实现根据权利要求1-10或21-36任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized in that the chip is connected to a memory for reading and executing a software program stored in the memory to implement the method according to any one of claims 1-10 or 21-36.
  54. 一种计算机存储介质,其特征在于,包括计算机可读指令,当计算机读取并执行所述计算机可读指令时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1-10或21-36任一项所述的方法。A computer storage medium comprising computer readable instructions for causing a computer to perform the method of any one of claims 1-10 or 21-36 when the computer reads and executes the computer readable instructions .
  55. 一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1-10或21-36任一项所述的方法。A computer program product comprising instructions, characterized in that, when run on a computer, the computer is caused to perform the method of any of claims 1-10 or 21-36.
  56. 一种信息接收的装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器,收发器和存储器,所述存储器存储有指令,当处理器读取并执行所述指令时,执行根据权利要求1-5或21-28任一项所述的方法。An apparatus for receiving information, comprising: a processor, a transceiver, and a memory, wherein the memory stores instructions, when the processor reads and executes the instructions, performing according to claims 1-5 or 21- The method of any of 28.
  57. 一种信息发送的装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器,收发器和存储器,所述存储器存储有指令,当处理器读取并执行所述指令时,执行如权利要求6-10或29-36任一项所述的方法。An apparatus for transmitting information, comprising: a processor, a transceiver, and a memory, wherein the memory stores instructions, when the processor reads and executes the instructions, performing according to claim 6-10 or 29- The method of any of 36.
  58. 一种通信网络系统,其特征在于,包括如权利要求17-24任一项所述的信息接收的装置和如权利要求25-32任一项所述的信息发送的装置。A communication network system comprising the apparatus for receiving information according to any one of claims 17 to 24 and the apparatus for transmitting information according to any one of claims 25 to 32.
PCT/CN2018/116025 2017-11-17 2018-11-16 Method and device for transmitting and receiving information WO2019096273A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP18878182.7A EP3713135A4 (en) 2017-11-17 2018-11-16 Method and device for transmitting and receiving information
BR112020009772-1A BR112020009772A2 (en) 2017-11-17 2018-11-16 method and apparatus for transmitting or receiving information, chip, computer storage medium and network communications system
JP2020526877A JP7130746B2 (en) 2017-11-17 2018-11-16 Methods and apparatus for transmitting or receiving information
US16/874,879 US11546870B2 (en) 2017-11-17 2020-05-15 Method and apparatus for transmitting or receiving information

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201711148388.X 2017-11-17
CN201711148388 2017-11-17
CN201810032219.8 2018-01-12
CN201810032219.8A CN109802817B (en) 2017-11-17 2018-01-12 Information sending and receiving method and device

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/874,879 Continuation US11546870B2 (en) 2017-11-17 2020-05-15 Method and apparatus for transmitting or receiving information

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019096273A1 true WO2019096273A1 (en) 2019-05-23

Family

ID=66540069

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2018/116025 WO2019096273A1 (en) 2017-11-17 2018-11-16 Method and device for transmitting and receiving information

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2019096273A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111800878A (en) * 2019-07-04 2020-10-20 维沃移动通信有限公司 Sending method, interference processing method, terminal and network side equipment
CN112218374A (en) * 2019-07-12 2021-01-12 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, communication device, terminal equipment and network equipment
WO2023124606A1 (en) * 2021-12-30 2023-07-06 华为技术有限公司 Uplink timing method and related apparatus

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101888648A (en) * 2009-05-11 2010-11-17 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Uplink synchronous control method and device
US20130272232A1 (en) * 2012-04-17 2013-10-17 Esmael Hejazi Dinan Transmit Power Control in Multicarrier Communications
US20130336295A1 (en) * 2012-06-19 2013-12-19 Esmael Hejazi Dinan Packet Transmission in Wireless Networks
CN105580457A (en) * 2013-09-10 2016-05-11 Lg电子株式会社 Method for determining uplink transmission timing of terminal having plurality of cells configured therein in wireless communication system, and apparatus using the method

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101888648A (en) * 2009-05-11 2010-11-17 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Uplink synchronous control method and device
US20130272232A1 (en) * 2012-04-17 2013-10-17 Esmael Hejazi Dinan Transmit Power Control in Multicarrier Communications
US20130336295A1 (en) * 2012-06-19 2013-12-19 Esmael Hejazi Dinan Packet Transmission in Wireless Networks
CN105580457A (en) * 2013-09-10 2016-05-11 Lg电子株式会社 Method for determining uplink transmission timing of terminal having plurality of cells configured therein in wireless communication system, and apparatus using the method

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3713135A4 *

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111800878A (en) * 2019-07-04 2020-10-20 维沃移动通信有限公司 Sending method, interference processing method, terminal and network side equipment
CN111800878B (en) * 2019-07-04 2023-04-18 维沃移动通信有限公司 Sending method, interference processing method, terminal and network side equipment
CN112218374A (en) * 2019-07-12 2021-01-12 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, communication device, terminal equipment and network equipment
WO2023124606A1 (en) * 2021-12-30 2023-07-06 华为技术有限公司 Uplink timing method and related apparatus

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN109802817B (en) Information sending and receiving method and device
WO2019029366A1 (en) Method, apparatus and system for adjusting frequency domain resource and sending indication information
WO2019158011A1 (en) Method and device for controlling power
KR20210121232A (en) Time Resources for New Radio (NR) Configuration Uplink (UL)
Al-Shibly et al. Carrier aggregation in long term evolution-advanced
CN113411891B (en) Timing control for Integrated Access and Backhaul (IAB)
US12101265B2 (en) Dual-connectivity single uplink schemes
WO2019096253A1 (en) Uplink data transmission method, terminal device and base station
EP4398639A2 (en) Enhancements for reduced capability new radio devices
WO2019096273A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting and receiving information
US20220217758A1 (en) Devices and methods for cross-slot scheduling adaption
JP7503656B2 (en) Resource determination method and device
EP4160964A1 (en) User equipment and base station involved in monitoring of a downlink control channel
EP4271086A1 (en) User equipment, scheduling node, method for user equipment, and method for scheduling node
US20230084062A1 (en) Communication apparatus and network node for small data transmission during random access applying a transport block size restriction
CN116711406A (en) Apparatus and method for flexible spectrum
CN114520987A (en) Method, device and equipment for processing conflict of IAB (inter-access node) and readable storage medium
WO2023011372A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2024138348A1 (en) Downlink control information indication method and apparatus, and device and storage medium
EP4346143A1 (en) User equipment and base station involved in time-division communication
US20240032004A1 (en) Wireless communication method and apparatus
US20240348383A1 (en) User equipment and base station involved in resource indication for control channel carrier switching
WO2024020822A1 (en) Uplink power control method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
EP4415274A1 (en) System and methods for tci state activation for multiple trp transmission
EP4346115A1 (en) System and methods for tci indication for multiple trp transmission

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18878182

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020526877

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018878182

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20200617

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112020009772

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112020009772

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20200515